DUANE READE INC
424B1, 1998-02-11
DRUG STORES AND PROPRIETARY STORES
Previous: CHESAPEAKE ENERGY CORP, S-4, 1998-02-11
Next: PROXIMA CORP, 10-Q, 1998-02-11



<PAGE>

                                             Filed Pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1)
                                             Registration File No.: 333-43313
PROSPECTUS 
FEBRUARY 9, 1998 

                                 $80,000,000 

                           [DUANE READE INC LOGO]

                  9 1/4% SENIOR SUBORDINATED NOTES DUE 2008 

   The 9 1/4% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2008 (the "New Senior 
Subordinated Notes") offered hereby (the "Offering") by Duane Reade Inc., a 
Delaware corporation (the "Company") were originally issued by the Company as 
part of the Refinancing Plan (as defined herein) of the Company. See 
"Prospectus Summary--Refinancing Plan" and "Use of Proceeds." 

   The New Senior Subordinated Notes will mature on February 15, 2008. 
Interest on the New Senior Subordinated Notes will be payable semi-annually 
in arrears on February 15 and August 15 of each year, commencing on August 
15, 1998. The New Senior Subordinated Notes will be redeemable at the option 
of the Company, in whole or in part, at any time on or after February 15, 
2003, in cash at the redemption prices set forth herein, plus accrued and 
unpaid interest, if any, thereon to the redemption date. In addition, at any 
time prior to February 15, 2001, the Company may, at its option, redeem up to 
35% of the aggregate principal amount of the New Senior Subordinated Notes 
originally issued at a redemption price equal to 109.25% of the aggregate 
principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, thereon 
to the redemption date, with the net proceeds of offerings of equity 
securities of the Company; provided that at least 65% of the original 
aggregate principal amount of the New Senior Subordinated Notes will remain 
outstanding immediately following such redemption. Upon the occurrence of a 
Change of Control (as defined herein), each holder of New Senior Subordinated 
Notes will have the right to require the Company to repurchase such holder's 
New Senior Subordinated Notes at a price in cash equal to 101% of the 
aggregate principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, 
thereon to the date of repurchase. See "Description of New Senior 
Subordinated Notes--Repurchase at the Option of the Holders--Change of 
Control." 

   The New Senior Subordinated Notes will be general unsecured obligations of 
the Company and will be subordinated in right of payment to all existing and 
future Senior Debt (as defined herein) of the Company, including indebtedness 
pursuant to the New Credit Agreement (as defined herein). The New Senior 
Subordinated Notes will rank pari passu with any future senior subordinated 
indebtedness of the Company and will rank senior to all subordinated 
indebtedness of the Company. The New Senior Subordinated Notes will be 
guaranteed (the "Subsidiary Guarantees"), jointly and severally, on a senior 
subordinated basis by all of the Company's subsidiaries (the "Subsidiary 
Guarantors"). The Subsidiary Guarantees will be subordinated in right of 
payment to all existing and future Senior Debt (including the guarantees 
under the New Credit Agreement) of the Subsidiary Guarantors. On a pro forma 
basis after giving effect to the Refinancing Plan, including consummation of 
the Offering and the Common Stock Offering (as defined herein) and the 
application of the proceeds thereof, as of September 27, 1997, the Company 
would have had outstanding approximately $130.0 million of Senior Debt and 
the Company and its subsidiaries would have had approximately $262.6 million 
of aggregate outstanding liabilities, including trade payables and the New 
Senior Subordinated Notes. 

   Consummation of the Offering occurred concurrently with consummation of 
the Refinancing Plan. As part of the Refinancing Plan, the Company offered 
(the "Common Stock Offering") 6,700,000 shares of its common stock, par value 
$.01 per share (the "Common Stock"), for estimated net proceeds to the 
Company of $101.8 million. See "Prospectus Summary--Refinancing Plan" and 
"Use of Proceeds." 

   SEE "RISK FACTORS," BEGINNING ON PAGE 11, FOR A DISCUSSION OF CERTAIN 
FACTORS THAT SHOULD BE CONSIDERED IN EVALUATING AN INVESTMENT IN THE NEW 
SENIOR SUBORDINATED NOTES. 

THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES AND 
EXCHANGE COMMISSION NOR STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION NOR HAS THE SECURITIES 
AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION PASSED UPON THE 
ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY OF THIS PROSPECTUS. ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY 
                            IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE. 

   This Prospectus has been prepared for use by Donaldson, Lufkin & Jenrette 
Securities Corporation ("DLJ") in connection with offers and sales of the New 
Senior Subordinated Notes that may be made by it from time to time in 
market-making transactions at negotiated prices relating to prevailing market 
prices at the time of sale. There is currently no public market for the New 
Senior Subordinated Notes. The Company has been advised by DLJ that it 
intends to make a market for the New Senior Subordinated Notes, however, DLJ 
is not obligated to do so. Any market-making may be discontinued at any time, 
and there is no assurance that an active public market for the New Senior 
Subordinated Notes will develop or, that if such market develops, that it 
will continue. DLJ may act as principal agent in any such transaction. See 
"Plan of Distribution." 

                         DONALDSON, LUFKIN & JENRETTE 
                            SECURITIES CORPORATION 

<PAGE>
                                  [PICTURES] 



CERTAIN PERSONS PARTICIPATING IN THIS OFFERING MAY ENGAGE IN TRANSACTIONS 
THAT STABILIZE, MAINTAIN OR OTHERWISE AFFECT THE PRICE OF THE NEW SENIOR 
SUBORDINATED NOTES, INCLUDING STABILIZING TRANSACTIONS, SYNDICATE COVERING 
TRANSACTIONS, AND THE IMPOSITION OF PENALTY BIDS. SPECIFICALLY, THE 
UNDERWRITER MAY OVERALLOT IN CONNECTION WITH THE OFFERING AND MAY BID FOR AND 
PURCHASE THE NEW SENIOR SUBORDINATED NOTES IN THE OPEN MARKET. FOR A 
DESCRIPTION OF THESE ACTIVITIES, SEE "UNDERWRITING." 

                                2           

<PAGE>

                            [DUANE READE INC. LOGO]



                                    [PHOTO]



     With 58 drugstores in Manhattan, four in Brooklyn, two in the Bronx, two 
in Queens, and one in Newark, Duane Reade enjoys the largest share of drugstore
sale in the New York metropolitan market.

FLAGS APPROXIMATE STORE LOCATIONS.



<PAGE>
                              PROSPECTUS SUMMARY 

   The following summary is qualified in its entirety by the more detailed 
information and financial statements and notes thereto included elsewhere in 
this Prospectus. The share data set forth in this Prospectus reflects a 
reclassification of the Company's capital stock, pursuant to which each 
holder of shares of class B common stock, $.01 par value per share ("Class B 
Common Stock"), is entitled to receive one share of Common Stock for 
approximately 8.326 shares of Class B Common Stock (the "Reclassification"). 
Unless otherwise stated in this Prospectus, references to the "Company" or 
"Duane Reade" shall mean Duane Reade Inc. (formerly known as Duane Reade 
Holding Corp.), its consolidated subsidiaries and their respective 
predecessors. The fiscal year of the Company ends on the last Saturday in 
December. Fiscal years 1992 through 1996 each consisted of 52 weeks. All data 
regarding the number of the Company's stores is as of November 25, 1997, 
unless otherwise specified. 

                                   THE COMPANY 

   Duane Reade is the largest drugstore chain in New York City, based on 
sales volume, with 58 of its 67 stores located in Manhattan's high-traffic 
business and residential districts. The Company operates almost twice as many 
stores in Manhattan as its next largest competitor. Since opening its first 
store in 1960, the Company has successfully executed a marketing and 
operating strategy tailored to the unique characteristics of New York City, 
the largest and most densely populated market in the United States. According 
to Drug Store News, Duane Reade is the leading drugstore chain in the United 
States in terms of sales per square foot, at $956 per square foot in 1996, 
which was more than two times the national average for drugstore chains. For 
the fiscal year ended December 28, 1996, the Company had sales of $381.5 
million and EBITDA (as defined herein) of $35.3 million, increases of 13.2% 
and 28.6%, respectively, over the 1995 fiscal year. For the 39 weeks ended 
September 27, 1997, the Company had sales of $313.8 million and EBITDA of 
$29.7 million, increases of 11.6% and 24.9%, respectively, over the 
comparable 1996 period. For the fiscal year ended December 28, 1996 and the 
39 week period ended September 27, 1997, the Company had net losses of $17.9 
million and $14.2 million, respectively, and, on a pro forma basis, after 
giving effect to the Offering and the Refinancing Plan, the Company would 
have had net losses of $5.3 million and $3.8 million, respectively, for such 
periods. 

   The Company enjoys strong brand name recognition in New York City, which 
it believes results from the Company's many locations in high-traffic areas 
of Manhattan and the 30 million shopping bags with the distinctive Duane 
Reade logo that the Company distributes annually. Independent surveys 
conducted in 1996 indicated that approximately 84% of the people who live or 
work in Manhattan recognize the Duane Reade name, and seven out of ten 
shopped at a Duane Reade store in the past twelve months. The Company was 
also recently named "Regional Drug Store Chain of the Year" for 1997 by Drug 
Store News. 

   The Company has developed an operating strategy designed to capitalize on 
the unique characteristics of the New York City market, which include 
high-traffic volume, complex distribution logistics and high costs of 
occupancy, media advertising and personnel. The key elements of the Company's 
operating strategy are its (i) everyday low price format and broad product 
offering, (ii) low cost operating structure supported by its high volume 
stores and low advertising and distribution costs and (iii) ability to design 
and operate its stores in a wide variety of sizes and layouts. 

   The Company believes that its everyday low price format and broad product 
offerings provide value and convenience for its customers and build customer 
loyalty. The Company's everyday low price format results in prices that the 
Company believes are, on average, lower than the prices offered by its 
competitors. 

   The Company is able to keep its operating costs relatively low due to its 
high per store sales volume, low warehouse and distribution costs and low 
advertising expenditures. The Company's high volume stores allow it to 
effectively leverage occupancy costs, payroll and other store operating 
expenses. The Company's two primary distribution facilities are located 
within five miles of all but one of its 67 stores and, combined with the 
rapid turnover of inventory in Duane Reade's stores, result in relatively low 

                                3           
<PAGE>
warehouse and distribution costs. The Company's strong brand name recognition 
in New York City and everyday low price format allow the Company to minimize 
its use of costly media and print advertising and to rely instead on 
in-window displays and other less expensive promotional activities. 

   The Company has demonstrated its ability to successfully operate stores 
using a wide variety of store configurations and sizes, which the Company 
believes is necessary to succeed in the New York City market. For example, 
the size of the Company's stores ranges from 2,600 to 12,300 square feet, and 
it operates 29 bi-level stores. The Company believes that its flexibility in 
configuring stores provides it with a competitive advantage in securing 
locations for its new stores, as many of its competitors target more 
standarized spaces for their stores, which are more difficult to find in New 
York City. In addition, the Company's management team has extensive 
experience and knowledge of the New York City real estate market, allowing it 
to aggressively pursue attractive real estate opportunities. 

   The Company was founded in 1960. In 1992, Bain Capital acquired the 
Company from its founders and, in June 1997, investment funds affiliated with 
DLJ Merchant Banking Partners II, L.P. ("DLJMBPII") acquired approximately 
91.5% of the outstanding capital stock of the Company from Bain Capital and 
certain other selling securityholders (the "Recapitalization"). Since the 
1992 acquisition, the Company has incurred net losses in each fiscal year. 

   In 1994 and 1995, the Company experienced rapid expansion, growing from 40 
stores to 59 stores. However, as a result of liquidity constraints and the 
need for improved inventory controls, the Company was forced to suspend its 
store expansion program in late 1995. In early 1996, a strengthened 
management team led by Anthony Cuti, the Company's new Chairman and Chief 
Executive Officer, took several measures to improve operations, including 
improving inventory controls and decreasing out-of-stock occurrences, 
creating a loss prevention function to control inventory shrink and 
continuing to invest in management information systems ("MIS"). In 1997, the 
Company resumed its store expansion program, opening seven stores. During Mr. 
Cuti's tenure at the Company, EBITDA has increased by 53.2% from $26.9 
million for the 52 weeks ended March 29, 1996 to $41.2 million for the 52 
weeks ended September 27, 1997. 

   The Company was incorporated in Delaware in 1992. The Company's principal 
executive offices are located at 440 Ninth Avenue, New York, New York 10001, 
and its phone number is (212) 273-5700. 

                                 GROWTH STRATEGY 

   The Company believes that, as a result of its successful operating history 
and market position in New York City, it is well positioned to capitalize on 
the growth opportunities in its market. The Company's strategy for continued 
growth is to (i) open additional stores in Manhattan and the surrounding 
boroughs, (ii) continue to capitalize on favorable pharmacy trends, (iii) 
make opportunistic acquisitions of independent drugstores and pharmacy files 
and (iv) continue to implement merchandising initiatives in non-pharmacy 
areas. 

   OPEN ADDITIONAL STORES. The Company believes that the New York City 
drugstore market remains underpenetrated by drugstore chains, with only 50% 
of the estimated $2.65 billion in annual drugstore-related sales controlled 
by chains, compared to approximately 74% controlled by chains nationally. 
This provides significant opportunities for the Company to open additional 
stores in Manhattan as well as in the densely populated areas of the 
surrounding boroughs. Some of the Company's most successful stores have been 
opened in areas new to the Company, such as the residential areas of the 
Upper East and West sides of Manhattan, Brooklyn, the Bronx and Queens. The 
Company believes that its long-standing presence in, and knowledge of, the 
New York City real estate market, combined with the use of a proprietary site 
selection model that considers numerous demographic and traffic flow 
variables, have allowed it to identify attractive store locations. Since 
1993, all of the Company's new stores have become profitable on an operating 
basis (i.e., prior to allocation of corporate expenses, goodwill 
amortization, interest expense and income taxes) within the first full year 
of operation. Over the next two years, the Company plans to open 
approximately 30 to 40 stores, primarily in New York City. 

   CONTINUE TO CAPITALIZE ON FAVORABLE PHARMACY TRENDS. Sales of prescription 
and over-the-counter ("OTC") drugs have been growing rapidly throughout the 
drugstore industry. The Company expects 

                                4           
<PAGE>
demographic trends, such as the aging of the U.S. population, and industry 
changes, such as growth of managed care organizations, insurance companies, 
employers and other third-party payors (collectively, "Third Party Plans"), 
to continue to drive increases in the prescription and OTC drug businesses. 
Since 1994, the Company has focused on increasing its pharmacy sales by 
entering into agreements to service Third Party Plans and by upgrading the 
appearance and service level of its store pharmacies. While sales to 
customers covered by Third Party Plans generally result in lower gross profit 
margins due to competitive pricing, the Company believes that such lower 
margins are offset by the increased volume of pharmacy sales and the 
opportunity to leverage fixed expenses. The Company believes that its 
initiatives, which are designed to capitalize on industry trends, have 
resulted in the Company's pharmacy sales growing at an annual rate of 
approximately 30% since 1994. Although these initiatives have helped increase 
the average number of prescriptions filled by Duane Reade per store per week 
from 640 in 1994 to 865 during 1997, the Company's average remains well below 
the national industry chain store average of approximately 1,200, providing 
significant opportunity for continued pharmacy growth. The Company believes 
that continued pharmacy growth will increase overall customer traffic, 
thereby also benefitting its non-pharmacy sales. 

   MAKE OPPORTUNISTIC ACQUISITIONS OF INDEPENDENT DRUGSTORES AND PHARMACY 
FILES. The Company believes that the growth of Third Party Plans and the 
continued penetration of chain drugstores such as Duane Reade have put 
increasing pressure on the approximately 1,400 independent drugstores in New 
York City. When appropriate, the Company considers acquiring small local 
chains or independent drugstores. The Company also pursues the purchase of 
pharmacy files of independent drugstores when such purchases are economically 
attractive to the Company. The pharmacy files of independent pharmacists tend 
to have a higher proportion of prescriptions not covered by Third Party 
Plans, which generate incremental revenue and higher margins. When 
appropriate, the Company retains the services of the pharmacist, whose 
personal relationship with the customers generally maximizes the retention 
rate of the purchased file. In 1997, the Company acquired one independent 
drugstore and seven such pharmacy files and intends to aggressively pursue 
additional purchases. 

   CONTINUE TO IMPLEMENT MERCHANDISING INITIATIVES IN NON-PHARMACY 
AREAS. Management has recently undertaken a number of merchandising 
initiatives, including the expansion of certain high-margin categories such 
as greeting cards, cosmetics, vitamins, photofinishing and photo supplies and 
an expanded seasonal merchandising program. The Company also continues to 
focus on category management, which it believes will improve gross margins 
and increase non-pharmacy sales. For example, in 1997 the Company introduced 
one-hour photofinishing service in three of its stores and intends to 
introduce one-hour photofinishing service in approximately seven to ten 
additional stores in 1998. The Company has also increased its emphasis on the 
sale of its own private label products, which it believes provide a 
high-quality, lower priced alternative to name brand products while 
generating higher gross profit margins than name brand products. In addition, 
in the fourth quarter of 1997, Duane Reade completed installation of Point of 
Sale ("POS") scanners in all of its stores and, by the end of the first 
quarter of 1998, will have completed its "planogramming" (space management 
system) initiative in all of its stores. These systems and initiatives will 
allow the Company to better analyze sales trends and merchandise its stores 
more effectively, which the Company believes will ultimately increase its 
sales and profitability. 

   The success of the Company's growth strategy is dependent on a number of 
factors, many of which are beyond the Company's control. The Company's 
ability to continue to successfully execute its new store opening program is 
subject to a number of factors, including the availability and cost of 
attractive new store locations, continued favorable retail and pharmacy 
trends, competition, the general economic environment and the ability of 
management to successfully oversee the Company's expanded operations. Due to 
the above factors, there can be no assurance that the Company will be 
successful in implementing the above growth strategy. 

                                RECENT DEVELOPMENTS 

   The Company's 1997 fiscal year ended on December 27, 1997. While the final 
results for the year ended December 27, 1997 are not yet available, the 
Company currently estimates that net sales for the full 1997 fiscal year were 
approximately $429.8 million, including approximately $107.8 million from 
pharmacy sales. 

                                5           
<PAGE>
   The information above is preliminary in nature only, and is subject in all 
respects to completion of various internal analyses and procedures necessary 
to finalize the Company's financial statements and to completion of the audit 
of the Company's financial statements for the fiscal year ended December 27, 
1997. 

                                 REFINANCING PLAN 

   The Offering is part of a plan to refinance all of the Company's existing 
indebtedness (the "Refinancing Plan") in order to enhance the Company's 
financial flexibility to pursue growth opportunities and implement capital 
improvements. The successful consummation of the Refinancing Plan will reduce 
the Company's overall indebtedness, simplify the Company's capital structure 
and provide access to additional borrowings. The principal components of the 
Refinancing Plan are: (i) the sale by the Company of 6,700,000 shares of 
Common Stock in the Common Stock Offering for estimated net proceeds of 
$101.8 million; (ii) the execution of a new secured credit agreement (the 
"New Credit Agreement"), which will provide for borrowings of up to 
approximately $160.0 million; (iii) the issuance of the New Senior 
Subordinated Notes for estimated net proceeds of $77.1 million; (iv) the 
repayment of all outstanding borrowings under the Company's existing credit 
agreement (the "Existing Credit Agreement"), the outstanding principal amount 
of which was $89.8 million as of December 27, 1997; (v) the redemption of the 
Company's outstanding 15% Senior Subordinated Zero Coupon Notes due 2004 (the 
"Zero Coupon Notes") for $99.8 million (including a redemption premium of 
$7.0 million); (vi) the redemption of the Company's outstanding 12% Senior 
Notes due 2002 (the "Senior Notes") for $93.9 million (including a redemption 
premium of $4.0 million); and (vii) the merger of Daboco, Inc., a direct 
wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company, with and into the Company (the 
"Merger"). The Company believes that the Refinancing Plan will result in a 
reduction in overall interest expense because total interest expense 
associated with the New Credit Agreement and the Offering will be less than 
the total interest expense currently associated with the Senior Notes and the 
Zero Coupon Notes. See "Selected Consolidated Historical Financial and 
Operating Data." The Company expects that interest rates under the New Credit 
Agreement will be approximately the same as interest rates under the Existing 
Credit Agreement. See "Description of Certain Indebtedness--New Credit 
Agreement." The Company expects that total fees and expenses associated with 
the Refinancing Plan will be approximately $14.4 million. See "Use of 
Proceeds." The consummation of the Offering will be conditional upon the 
other components of the Refinancing Plan. 

                                  THE OFFERING 

Securities Offered ............  $80.0 million aggregate principal amount of 
                                 9 1/4% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2008. 

Maturity Date .................  February 15, 2008. 

Interest Payment Dates ........  February 15 and August 15, commencing August 
                                 15, 1998. 

Mandatory Redemption ..........  The Company will not be required to make 
                                 mandatory redemption of, or sinking fund 
                                 payments with respect to, the New Senior 
                                 Subordinated Notes except as described below 
                                 under "--Change of Control" and in the case 
                                 of certain Asset Sales. See "Description of 
                                 New Senior Subordinated Notes--Repurchase at 
                                 the Option of Holders--Assets Sales." 

Optional Redemption ...........  The New Senior Subordinated Notes will be 
                                 redeemable, in whole or in part, at any time 
                                 on or after February 15, 2003, in cash at 
                                 the redemption prices set forth herein, plus 
                                 accrued and unpaid interest, if any, thereon 
                                 to the redemption date. In 

                                6           
<PAGE>
                                 addition, at any time on or prior to 
                                 February 15, 2001, the Company may, at its 
                                 option, redeem up to 35% of the aggregate 
                                 principal amount of the New Senior 
                                 Subordinated Notes originally issued at a 
                                 redemption price equal to 109.25% of the 
                                 aggregate principal amount thereof, plus 
                                 accrued and unpaid interest, if any, thereon 
                                 to the redemption date, with the net 
                                 proceeds from offerings of Equity Interests 
                                 (other than Disqualified Stock) of the 
                                 Company; provided that at least 65% of the 
                                 original aggregate principal amount of the 
                                 New Senior Subordinated Notes will remain 
                                 outstanding immediately following each 
                                 redemption. See "Description of New Senior 
                                 Subordinated Notes--Optional Redemption." 

Change of Control .............  Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control, 
                                 each holder of New Senior Subordinated Notes 
                                 will have the right to require the Company 
                                 to offer to repurchase such holder's New 
                                 Senior Subordinated Notes in cash at a price 
                                 equal to 101% of the aggregate principal 
                                 amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid 
                                 interest, if any, thereon to the date of 
                                 repurchase. The New Credit Agreement will 
                                 prohibit the Company from purchasing the New 
                                 Senior Subordinated Notes and will also 
                                 provide that certain change of control 
                                 events with respect to the Company will 
                                 constitute a default thereunder. Any future 
                                 credit agreements or other agreements 
                                 relating to Senior Debt to which the Company 
                                 becomes a party may contain similar 
                                 restrictions and provisions. In the event a 
                                 Change of Control occurs at a time when the 
                                 Company is prohibited from purchasing the 
                                 New Senior Subordinated Notes, the Company 
                                 could seek the consent of its lenders to the 
                                 purchase of the New Senior Subordinated 
                                 Notes or could attempt to refinance the 
                                 borrowings that contain such prohibition. If 
                                 the Company does not obtain such consent or 
                                 repay such borrowings, the Company will 
                                 remain prohibited from purchasing the New 
                                 Senior Subordinated Notes by the relevant 
                                 Senior Debt. In such case, the Company's 
                                 failure to purchase the tendered New Senior 
                                 Subordinated Notes would constitute an Event 
                                 of Default under the indenture pursuant to 
                                 which the New Senior Subordinated Notes will 
                                 be issued (the "New Senior Subordinated Note 
                                 Indenture"), which would, in turn, 
                                 constitute a default under the New Credit 
                                 Agreement and could constitute a default 
                                 under other Senior Debt. In such 
                                 circumstances, the subordination provisions 
                                 in the New Senior Subordinated Note 
                                 Indenture would likely restrict the payments 
                                 to the holders of the New Senior 
                                 Subordinated Notes. Furthermore, no 
                                 assurance can be given that the Company will 
                                 have sufficient resources to satisfy its 
                                 repurchase obligation with respect to the 
                                 New Senior Subordinated Notes following a 
                                 Change of Control. In addition, the 
                                 definition of Change of Control only 
                                 provides protection to the holders of New 
                                 Senior Subordinated Notes in the event of 
                                 certain changes in the equity ownership 
                                 and/or the composition of the board of 
                                 directors of the Company and, as a result, 
                                 the Company may, under certain 
                                 circumstances, incur substantial additional 
                                 indebt- 

                                7           
<PAGE>
                                 edness or undergo restructuring or other 
                                 corporate changes without triggering a 
                                 Change of Control. See "Risk 
                                 Factors--Possible Inability to Repurchase 
                                 New Senior Subordinated Notes upon a Change 
                                 of Control" and "Description of New Senior 
                                 Subordinated Notes--Redemption at the Option 
                                 of Holders--Change of Control." 

Ranking .......................  The New Senior Subordinated Notes will be 
                                 general unsecured obligations of the Company 
                                 and will be subordinated in right of payment 
                                 to all existing and future Senior Debt of 
                                 the Company, including indebtedness pursuant 
                                 to the New Credit Agreement. The New Senior 
                                 Subordinated Notes will rank pari passu with 
                                 any future senior subordinated indebtedness 
                                 of the Company and will rank senior to all 
                                 subordinated indebtedness of the Company. 
                                 The New Senior Subordinated Notes will be 
                                 guaranteed, jointly and severally, on a 
                                 senior subordinated basis by the Subsidiary 
                                 Guarantors. The Subsidiary Guarantees will 
                                 be subordinated in right of payment to all 
                                 existing and future Senior Debt (including 
                                 the guarantees under the New Credit 
                                 Agreement) of the Subsidiary Guarantors. On 
                                 a pro forma basis after giving effect to the 
                                 Refinancing Plan and the application of the 
                                 proceeds therefrom, as of September 27, 
                                 1997, the Company would have had outstanding 
                                 approximately $130.0 million of Senior Debt, 
                                 and the Company's and its subsidiaries would 
                                 have had approximately $262.6 million of 
                                 outstanding liabilities, including trade 
                                 payables and the New Senior Subordinated 
                                 Notes. 

Subsidiary Guarantees .........  The New Senior Subordinated Notes will be 
                                 guaranteed, jointly and severally, on a 
                                 senior subordinated basis by each of the 
                                 Subsidiary Guarantors. The Subsidiary 
                                 Guarantees will be subordinated in right of 
                                 payment to all existing and future Senior 
                                 Debt of the Subsidiary Guarantors, including 
                                 the New Credit Agreement. 

Certain Covenants .............  The New Senior Subordinated Note Indenture 
                                 will contain certain covenants that, among 
                                 other things, limit the ability of the 
                                 Company to: incur indebtedness and issue 
                                 preferred stock, repurchase Capital Stock 
                                 (as defined) and subordinated indebtedness, 
                                 engage in transactions with affiliates, 
                                 engage in sale and leaseback transactions, 
                                 incur or suffer to exist certain liens, pay 
                                 dividends or other distributions, make 
                                 investments, sell assets and engage in 
                                 certain mergers and consolidations. 

Use of Proceeds ...............  The net proceeds from the Offering, together 
                                 with borrowings under the New Credit 
                                 Agreement and the net proceeds from the 
                                 Common Stock Offering, will be used to 
                                 complete the Refinancing Plan. See 
                                 "Prospectus Summary--Refinancing Plan" and 
                                 "Use of Proceeds." 

                                8           
<PAGE>
                                SUMMARY HISTORICAL 
                             FINANCIAL AND OPERATING DATA 
              (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PERCENTAGES AND STORE DATA) 

   The following table sets forth summary consolidated historical financial 
data for the fiscal years ended December 31, 1994, December 30, 1995 and 
December 28, 1996 and for the 39 week periods ended September 28, 1996 and 
September 27, 1997. This data should be read in conjunction with the 
consolidated historical financial statements of the Company, together with 
the notes thereto, included elsewhere in this Prospectus. 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                       FISCAL YEAR                      39 WEEKS ENDED 
                                            ------------------------------------------------------------------ 
                                                                                SEPTEMBER 28,   SEPTEMBER 27, 
                                               1994        1995       1996          1996             1997 
                                            ---------- ----------  ---------- ---------------  --------------- 
<S>                                         <C>        <C>         <C>        <C>              <C>
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA: 
Net sales .................................  $281,103    $336,922   $381,466      $281,093         $313,796 
Gross profit ..............................    71,425      77,095     92,961        65,296           77,383 
Nonrecurring charges (1) ..................        --          --         --            --           10,887 
Operating income ..........................    11,042      12,166     14,542        11,849           11,268 
Net interest expense ......................    27,480      30,224     32,396        24,334           25,433 
Net loss ..................................   (16,438)    (18,058)   (17,854)      (12,485)         (14,165) 

OPERATING AND OTHER DATA: 
EBITDA (2).................................  $ 31,188    $ 27,443   $ 35,300      $ 23,814         $ 29,747 
EBITDA as a percentage of net sales  ......      11.1%        8.2%       9.3%          8.5%             9.5% 
Capital expenditures.......................  $  9,947    $  6,868   $  1,247      $    913         $  4,931 
Number of stores at end of period  ........        51          59         60            60               65 
Same store sales growth (3) ...............       1.6%       (3.5)%      8.3%          7.8%             7.9% 
Pharmacy same store sales growth (3)  .....      14.2%        7.0%      25.5%         25.1%            25.4% 
Average store size (square feet) at end of 
 period ...................................     6,596       6,712      6,733         6,733            6,832 
Sales per square foot (4)..................  $    970    $    898   $    956      $    708         $    751 
Pharmacy sales as a % of net sales  .......      17.6%       19.0%      21.8%         21.5%            24.8% 
Third-Party Plan sales as a % of pharmacy 
 sales ....................................      45.7%       58.2%      64.4%         63.3%            72.9% 
PRO FORMA DATA: 
Cash interest expense (net)(5).............                         $ 18,825      $ 12,263         $ 12,483 
Ratio of EBITDA to cash interest expense ..                              1.9x          1.9x             2.4x 
Ratio of net debt to EBITDA (6)(7)  .......                                                             4.5x 
</TABLE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                 AS OF                   AS OF 
                                           DECEMBER 28, 1996       SEPTEMBER 27, 1997 
                                           ----------------- ----------------------------- 
                                                               (ACTUAL)   (AS ADJUSTED)(8) 
<S>                                        <C>               <C>          <C>
BALANCE SHEET DATA: 
Working capital ..........................      $  9,917       $ 29,849       $ 56,187 
Total assets .............................       222,476        239,520        266,910 
Total debt and capital lease obligations         245,657        262,649        212,187 
Stockholders' equity (deficiency) ........       (59,396)       (73,561)         4,316 
</TABLE>

                                                      (footnotes on next page) 

                                9           
<PAGE>
(footnotes to Summary Historical Financial and Operating Data appearing on 
the preceding page) 
- ------------ 
(1)    During the first quarter of fiscal 1997, the Company considered a 
       public offering of its common stock and took certain steps in 
       connection with these plans. Such plans were abandoned upon 
       consummation of the Recapitalization discussed in Note 10 of the Notes 
       to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited) for the 39 weeks ended 
       September 27, 1997. Costs and expenses incurred in connection with the 
       abandoned public offering, the Recapitalization and the repurchase 
       offers referred to in Note 10 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial 
       Statements (Unaudited) aggregated approximately $10.9 million, 
       including investment banking fees of $7.7 million (including $3.5 
       million to an affiliate of DLJMBPII and $0.6 million to certain 
       affiliates of Bain Capital), legal and accounting fees of $1.6 million, 
       stand-by commitment fees relating to certain change of control offers 
       of $1.2 million to an affiliate of DLJMBPII, and other costs of $0.4 
       million, which the Company has treated as a non-recurring expense 
       because such expenses are related to financing activities in connection 
       with the Recapitalization and related events, which the Company does 
       not expect to repeat. 
(2)    As used herein, "EBITDA" means net income (loss) plus nonrecurring 
       costs, interest, income taxes, depreciation, amortization and other 
       non-cash items (primarily deferred rents). Management believes that 
       EBITDA, as presented, represents a useful measure of assessing the 
       performance of the Company's ongoing operating activities as it 
       reflects the earnings trends of the Company without the impact of 
       certain non-cash charges. Targets and positive trends in EBITDA are 
       used as the performance measure for determining management's bonus 
       compensation; EBITDA is also utilized by the Company's creditors in 
       assessing debt covenant compliance. The Company understands that, while 
       EBITDA is frequently used by security analysts in the evaluation of 
       companies, it is not necessarily comparable to other similarly titled 
       captions of other companies due to potential inconsistencies in the 
       method of calculation. EBITDA is not intended as an alternative to cash 
       flow from operating activities as a measure of liquidity, nor an 
       alternative to net income as an indicator of the Company's operating 
       performance nor any other measure of performance in conformity with 
       generally accepted accounting principles ("GAAP"). 

   A reconciliation of net loss to EBITDA for each period included above is 
set forth below (dollars in thousands): 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                    FISCAL YEAR                       39 WEEKS ENDED 
                       --------------------------------------------------------------------- 
                                                              SEPTEMBER 28,   SEPTEMBER 27, 
                           1994        1995         1996          1996             1997 
                       ----------- -----------  ----------- ---------------  --------------- 
<S>                    <C>         <C>          <C>         <C>              <C>
Net loss .............   $(16,438)   $(18,058)    $(17,854)     $(12,485)        $(14,165) 
Net interest expense       27,480      30,224       32,396        24,334           25,433 
Amortization .........     18,238      11,579       16,217         8,514            3,826 
Depreciation .........      1,184       1,929        3,015         2,295            2,584 
Nonrecurring charges           --          --           --            --           10,887 
Other non-cash item  .        724       1,769        1,526         1,156            1,182 
                       ----------- -----------  ----------- ---------------  --------------- 
EBITDA ...............   $ 31,188    $ 27,443     $ 35,300      $ 23,814         $ 29,747 
                       =========== ===========  =========== ===============  =============== 
</TABLE>

(3)    Same store sales figures include stores that have been in operation for 
       at least 13 months. 
(4)    The Company experienced a decline in sales per square foot from 1993 
       through 1995 as a result of the opening of additional stores in 
       connection with the Company's expansion. The opening of such additional 
       stores resulted in a decline in sales per square foot principally 
       because (i) the average square footage for the new stores was greater 
       than that of the existing store base and (ii) new stores generally take 
       some time to reach a mature level of sales. See "Management's 
       Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of 
       Operations--General." 
(5)    Cash interest expense (net) represents net interest expense less 
       amortization of deferred financing costs and other non-cash interest 
       charges for the year ended December 28, 1996 and the 39 week periods 
       ended September 28, 1996 and September 27, 1997 on a pro forma basis 
       giving effect to the Refinancing Plan, including the consummation of 
       the Offering, the Common Stock Offering and the application of the net 
       proceeds therefrom as set forth under "Use of Proceeds," as if such 
       transactions had occurred at December 31, 1995. 
(6)    Net debt represents total debt and capital lease obligations less cash, 
       on a pro forma basis after giving effect to the Offering, the Common 
       Stock Offering and the application of the net proceeds therefrom. 
(7)    For purposes of this ratio, EBITDA represents historical EBITDA for the 
       52 weeks ended September 27, 1997, which was approximately $41,233. 
(8)    Adjusted to give effect to (i) the Refinancing Plan, including the 
       consummation of the Offering, and the Common Stock Offering and the 
       application of the net proceeds therefrom as set forth under "Use of 
       Proceeds," as if all such transactions had occurred at September 27, 
       1997, (ii) a provision of $75,000 for compensation expense related to 
       previously issued stock options and (iii) an extraordinary loss of 
       $23.6 million for the 39 weeks ended September 27, 1997 arising from 
       the redemption of the Senior Notes and the Zero Coupon Notes and the 
       write-off of the related unamortized deferred financing fees, as if all 
       such transactions had occurred at September 27, 1997. See "Use of 
       Proceeds" and "Capitalization." 

                               10           
<PAGE>
                                 RISK FACTORS 

   In addition to the other information contained in this Prospectus, 
prospective investors should carefully consider the following risk factors 
before making an investment in the New Senior Subordinated Notes offered 
hereby. 

RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH SUBSTANTIAL INDEBTEDNESS 

   After the Offering, the Company will have a substantial amount of 
outstanding indebtedness. As of September 27, 1997, on a pro forma basis 
giving effect to the Refinancing Plan, including the Offering and the Common 
Stock Offering and the application of the net proceeds therefrom, the 
consolidated indebtedness of the Company would have been approximately $212.2 
million (excluding trade payables, accrued expenses and other non-current 
liabilities). In addition, the Company's earnings have historically been 
insufficient to cover fixed charges and were insufficient by $17.9 million 
and $14.2 million for the fiscal year ended December 28, 1996 and the 39 week 
period ended September 27, 1997, respectively. Subject to certain limitations 
contained in its outstanding debt instruments, the Company or its 
subsidiaries may incur additional indebtedness to finance working capital, 
capital expenditures or acquisitions or for general corporate purposes. The 
Company's level of indebtedness could have important consequences to the 
holders of New Senior Subordinated Notes, including the following: (i) the 
Company's ability to obtain additional capital for acquisitions, capital 
expenditures, working capital or general corporate or other purposes may be 
limited and (ii) the Company's level of indebtedness may reduce the Company's 
flexibility to respond to changing business and economic conditions. 
Substantially all of the Company's indebtedness under the New Credit 
Agreement is expected to be subject to variable interest rates that fluctuate 
in accordance with changes in the market rate to be specified in the New 
Credit Agreement. Fluctuations in such interest rates may occur at any time 
in response to changing economic conditions and other factors beyond the 
Company's control, and there can be no assurance with respect to how long 
such rates will remain at their current levels. Although the Company expects 
to enter into hedging agreements to limit its exposure to interest rate 
fluctuations, a significant rise in interest rates could have a material 
adverse effect on the Company. To date, the Company has not entered into any 
such hedging arrangements. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of 
Financial Condition and Results of Operations--Liquidity and Capital 
Resources." 

   The Company's ability to pay principal of and interest on the New Senior 
Subordinated Notes and to service its remaining indebtedness will be 
dependent on its future performance, which will be affected by prevailing 
economic, financial, business, competitive, legislative, regulatory and other 
conditions, certain of which are beyond the Company's control. The Company 
believes that, based upon current levels of operations and anticipated 
growth, it should be able to meet its debt service obligations when due for 
the foreseeable future. If, however, the Company becomes unable to service 
its indebtedness, it will be forced to pursue one or more alternative 
strategies such as selling assets, restructuring or refinancing its 
indebtedness or seeking additional equity capital, which actions are 
restricted, to some extent, under the terms of the New Credit Agreement and 
the New Senior Subordinated Notes. There can be no assurance that any of 
these strategies could be effected on satisfactory terms, if at all. 

   The New Senior Subordinated Note Indenture will contain certain covenants 
which, among other things, will restrict the ability of the Company and its 
subsidiaries to incur additional indebtedness and issue preferred stock, pay 
dividends or make other distributions, make certain restricted payments, 
create certain liens, sell assets, enter into certain transactions with 
affiliates, enter into certain mergers or consolidations or sell or issue 
capital stock of the Company's subsidiaries. In addition, the New Credit 
Agreement contains other and more restrictive covenants, including those 
requiring the Company to maintain specified financial ratios and satisfy 
certain tests relating to its financial condition, and prohibits the Company 
from repaying its other indebtedness (including the New Senior Subordinated 
Notes) prior to the maturity of the New Credit Agreement. The Company's 
ability to comply with the covenants in the New Credit Agreement and/or the 
New Senior Subordinated Note Indenture may be affected by events beyond its 
control, including prevailing economic, financial, business, competitive, 
legislative, regulatory and other conditions. The breach of any such 
covenants or restrictions could result in a default under the New Credit 
Agreement and/or the New Senior Subordinated Note Indenture. Upon the 
occurrence of an 

                               11           
<PAGE>
event of default under the New Credit Agreement, the lenders thereunder could 
elect to declare all amounts borrowed thereunder to be immediately due and 
payable, together with accrued and unpaid interest, and terminate the 
commitments of the lenders to make further extensions of credit under the New 
Credit Agreement. If the Company were unable to repay its indebtedness to its 
lenders under the New Credit Agreement, such lenders could proceed against 
any or all of the collateral securing the indebtedness under the New Credit 
Agreement, which collateral is expected to consist of substantially all of 
the assets of the Company and the capital stock and substantially all of the 
assets of its subsidiaries. See "Description of Certain Indebtedness." 

SUBORDINATION 

   The New Senior Subordinated Notes will be general unsecured obligations of 
the Company and will be subordinated in right of payment to all existing and 
future Senior Debt of the Company, including indebtedness under the New 
Credit Agreement. Furthermore, any payment with respect to a Subsidiary 
Guarantee also will be subordinated to the payment of Senior Debt of that 
Subsidiary Guarantor, including such Subsidiary Guarantor's obligations under 
the New Credit Agreement. As of September 27, 1997, on a pro forma basis 
after giving effect to the Refinancing Plan, including consummation of the 
Offering and the Common Stock Offering and the application of the net 
proceeds thereof, the Company would have had approximately $130.0 million of 
Senior Debt, all of which would have been secured borrowings under the New 
Credit Agreement. By reason of such subordination, in the event of the 
insolvency, liquidation, reorganization, dissolution or other winding-up of 
the Company or upon a default in payment with respect to, or the acceleration 
of, any Senior Debt, the holders of such Senior Debt and any other creditors 
who are holders of Senior Debt or creditors of subsidiaries must be paid in 
full before the holders of the New Senior Subordinated Notes may be paid. If 
the Company incurs an additional pari passu debt, the holders of such debt 
would be entitled to share ratably with the holders of the New Senior 
Subordinated Notes in any proceeds distributed in connection with any 
insolvency, liquidation, reorganization, dissolution or other winding-up of 
the Company. This may have the effect of reducing the amount of proceeds paid 
to holders of the New Senior Subordinated Notes. In addition, no cash 
payments may be made with respect to the New Senior Subordinated Notes during 
the continuance of a payment default with respect to Senior Debt and, under 
certain circumstances, no payments may be made with respect to the New Senior 
Subordinated Notes for a period of up to 179 days if a non-payment default 
exists with respect to Senior Debt. In addition, holders of indebtedness and 
other liabilities of the Company's subsidiaries will have claims that are 
effectively senior to the New Senior Subordinated Notes, except to the extent 
of the Subsidiary Guarantees. See "--Enforceability of Subsidiary Guarantees" 
and "Description of New Senior Subordinated Notes--Subordination." 

HOLDING COMPANY STRUCTURE 

   The Company is a holding company and does not have any material operations 
or assets other than ownership of the 99% of the general partnership interest 
of Duane Reade, a New York general partnership ("DR"), and 100% of the 
outstanding common stock of DRI I Inc. ("DRI"). DRI owns the remaining 1% 
general partnership interest in DR. The Company is dependent on the cash flow 
of its subsidiaries and distributions from its subsidiaries in order to meet 
its debt service obligations. 

   Any right of the Company to participate in any distribution of the assets 
of any of its subsidiaries upon liquidation, reorganization or insolvency of 
any such subsidiary (and the consequent right of the holders of the New 
Senior Subordinated Notes to participate in distribution of those assets) 
will be subject to the prior claims of such subsidiary's creditors. All 
obligations of DR under the New Credit Agreement will be secured by 
substantially all of the assets of the Company, DRI and DR. 

COMPETITION 

   The markets in which the Company operates are highly competitive. In the 
New York City area, the Company competes against national, regional and local 
drugstore chains, discount drugstores, supermarkets, combination food and 
drugstores, discount general merchandise stores, mass merchandisers, 
independent drugstores and local merchants. Major chain competitors in the 
New York City market 

                               12           
<PAGE>
include Rite-Aid, Genovese and CVS. Many of the Company's competitors are 
larger and have greater financial resources than the Company. In addition to 
competition from the foregoing, the Company's pharmacy departments also 
compete with hospitals, health maintenance organizations ("HMOs") and mail 
order prescription drug providers. The Company's drugstores compete, among 
other things, on the basis of convenience of location and store layout, 
product mix, selection, customer service and price. There can be no assurance 
that such competition will not adversely affect the Company's results of 
operations or financial condition. See "Business--Competition." 

NET LOSSES; INTANGIBLE ASSETS 

   The Company has experienced net losses of $24.4 million, $16.4 million, 
$18.1 million, $17.9 million and $14.2 million for the prior four fiscal 
years and the 39 weeks ended September 27, 1997, respectively. The net 
proceeds from the Offering, the Common Stock Offering and the New Credit 
Agreement will be used to reduce overall indebtedness of the Company and 
associated interest expense. The Company's results of operations will 
continue to be affected by events and conditions both within and beyond its 
control, including the successful implementation of the Company's growth 
strategy, continued performance of existing stores, competition and economic, 
financial, business and other conditions. Therefore, there can be no 
assurance that the Company will not continue to incur net losses in the 
future. The Company also expects to realize an extraordinary loss of 
approximately $23.6 million in the first quarter of 1998 as a result of the 
early retirement of the Senior Notes, the Zero Coupon Notes and the Existing 
Credit Agreement. 

   Of the Company's total assets at December 28, 1996, approximately $142.4 
million (or 64.0% of total assets) represented goodwill, net of amortization 
and other intangible assets arising principally from the acquisition of the 
Company's predecessor by Bain Capital in 1992. It is possible that no cash 
would be recoverable from the voluntary or involuntary sale of the intangible 
assets of the Company, including its goodwill. 

ECONOMIC CONDITIONS AND REGIONAL CONCENTRATION 

   Substantially all of the Company's stores are located in the New York City 
area. As a result, the Company is sensitive to economic and competitive 
conditions, the regulatory environment and the availability of labor in that 
area. The success of the Company's future operations will be substantially 
affected by its ability to compete effectively in the New York City area, and 
no prediction can be made as to economic conditions in this region. 

UNCERTAINTY OF LEASE RENEWALS 

   All of the Company's stores are leased, with the leases expiring at 
various dates from May 1998 to December 2022 (assuming renewal options are 
exercised). Leases for eight stores that generated approximately 12.8% of the 
Company's net sales for the 39 week period ended September 27, 1997 are 
scheduled to expire before the end of 2000. Although the Company has 
historically been successful in renewing most of its store leases when they 
have expired, there can be no assurance that the Company will continue to be 
able to do so on acceptable terms or at all. If the Company is unable to 
renew the leases for the Company's store locations as they expire, or find 
other favorable locations at acceptable lease rates, there can be no 
assurance that such failures will not have a material adverse effect on the 
Company's financial condition and results of operations. See 
"Business--Properties; Leases." 

RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH FUTURE GROWTH 

   The Company is experiencing a period of rapid expansion, which the Company 
believes will continue for the foreseeable future. The operating complexity 
of the Company's business, as well as the responsibilities of management 
personnel, have increased as a result of this expansion. The Company's 
ability to manage such growth effectively will require it to continue to 
expand and improve its operating and financial systems and to expand, train 
and manage its employee base. In addition, as the Company opens new stores, 
there can be no assurance that a sufficient number of qualified personnel 
will be 

                               13           
<PAGE>
available to manage such expanded operations or that such operations will be 
successfully integrated into the Company. The Company's inability to manage 
its expansion effectively, including the hiring of additional personnel, 
could have a material adverse effect on its business and results of 
operations. The Company's expansion prospects are also dependent on a number 
of other factors, including, among other things, economic conditions, 
competition, consumer preferences, financing and working capital needs, the 
ability of the Company to negotiate store leases on favorable terms and the 
availability of additional warehouse space and new store locations. In 
addition, as the Company continues with its plans to open additional stores 
in the New York City area, sales at existing stores may decrease as customers 
shop at the Company's newer stores. There can be no assurance that the 
Company will be able to effectively realize its plans for future expansion. 
See "Business." 

RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH REGULATORY AND OTHER CHANGES IN THE HEALTH CARE 
INDUSTRY 

   Pharmacy sales accounted for approximately 22% of the Company's total 
sales for 1996 and 25% of the Company's total sales for the 39 week period 
ended September 27, 1997. Pharmacy sales to Third Party Plans accounted for 
approximately 64% of the Company's total pharmacy sales for 1996 and 
approximately 73% of the Company's total pharmacy sales for the 39 week 
period ended September 27, 1997. The efforts of Third Party Plans to contain 
costs have placed downward pressures on gross profit margins from sales of 
prescription drugs. However, management believes that the penetration of 
Third Party Plans in the New York City market will continue, and the 
resulting increase in volume should help to mitigate the decrease in gross 
profit margins. See "Business--The Drugstore Industry." 

   The Company's revenues from prescription drug sales may also be affected 
by health care reform initiatives of federal and state governments, including 
proposals designed to significantly reduce spending on Medicare, Medicaid and 
other government programs, changes in programs providing for reimbursement 
for the cost of prescription drugs by Third Party Plans and regulatory 
changes relating to the approval process for prescription drugs. Such 
initiatives could lead to the enactment of federal and state regulations that 
may adversely impact the Company's prescription drug sales and, accordingly, 
its results of operations. 

REGULATORY MATTERS 

   The Company's business is subject to various federal and state 
regulations. For example, pursuant to the Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act 
of 1990 ("OBRA") and comparable state regulations, the Company's pharmacists 
are required to offer counseling, without additional charge, to their 
customers about medication, dosage, delivery systems, common side effects and 
other information deemed significant by the pharmacists and may have a duty 
to warn customers regarding any potential adverse effects of a prescription 
drug if the warning could reduce or negate such effects. The Company is also 
subject to federal, state and local licensing and registration regulations 
with respect to, among other things, its pharmacy operations. The Company 
believes that it has satisfied all of its licensing and registration 
requirements and continues to actively monitor its compliance with such 
requirements. However, violations of any such regulations could result in 
various penalties, including suspension or revocation of the Company's 
licenses or registrations or monetary fines, which could adversely effect the 
Company's operations. Additionally, the Company is subject to federal Drug 
Enforcement Agency ("DEA") regulations relative to its pharmacy operations, 
including purchasing, storing and dispensing of controlled substances. 

   The Company is also subject to laws governing its relationship with 
employees, including minimum wage requirements, overtime and working 
conditions. Increases in the federal minimum wage rate, employee benefit 
costs or other costs associated with employees could adversely affect the 
Company's results of operations. 

DEPENDENCE ON KEY PERSONNEL 

   The success of the Company depends to a large extent on its executive 
management team. Although the Company has entered into employment agreements 
with each of the Company's executive officers, it 

                               14           
<PAGE>
is possible that members of executive management may leave the Company, and 
such departures could have a negative impact on the business of the Company. 
The Company does not maintain key-man life insurance on any of its executive 
officers. See "Management." 

CONTINUED INFLUENCE OF PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS 

   Upon consummation of the Common Stock Offering, investment funds 
affiliated with DLJMPBII, an affiliate of Donaldson, Lufkin & Jenrette 
Securities Corporation ("DLJ"), the Underwriter for the Offering, and certain 
of its affiliates will beneficially own an aggregate of approximately 52.4% 
of the fully diluted outstanding Common Stock (46.3% if the overallotment 
option granted to the underwriters in the Common Stock Offering is exercised 
in full). In addition, two of the Company's four directors are Managing 
Directors of DLJ Merchant Banking II, Inc. ("DLJMB"), a general partner of 
DLJMBPII, and one director is a Managing Director of DLJ. In connection with 
the consummation of the Offering and the Common Stock Offering, the Company 
expects to add two independent directors to the Board of Directors. See 
"Management" and "Principal Stockholders." Under Delaware law and the 
Company's Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, owners of a 
majority of the Company's outstanding Common Stock are able to elect all of 
the Company's directors and approve significant corporate transactions 
without the approval or consent of the other shareholders. As a result, 
DLJMBPII will continue to have the ability (either alone or together with a 
small percentage of other shareholders) to elect all of the Company's 
directors and to control the vote on all matters submitted to a vote of the 
holders of the Common Stock, including any going private transaction, merger, 
consolidation or sale of all or substantially all of the Company's assets. 
The Company's Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation provides that 
any action that can be taken by a meeting of the shareholders may be taken by 
written consent in lieu of a meeting. 

COLLECTIVE BARGAINING AGREEMENTS 

   As of September 27, 1997, approximately 1,800 of the Company's 
approximately 2,000 employees were represented by various labor unions and 
were covered by collective bargaining agreements. The Company's distribution 
facility employees are represented by the International Brotherhood of 
Teamsters, Chauffeurs and Warehousemen and Helpers of America, Local 815, and 
all store employees are represented by the Allied Trade Council. The 
Company's three-year contracts with these two unions expire on August 31, 
1999 and August 31, 1998, respectively. The Company has not experienced any 
material business interruption as a result of labor disputes within the past 
15 years, and the Company considers its employee relations to be good. 
However, there can be no assurance that, upon the expiration of any of the 
Company's collective bargaining agreements, the Company will be able to 
negotiate new collective bargaining agreements on terms favorable to the 
Company or that the Company's business operations will not be interrupted as 
a result of labor disputes or difficulties or delays in the process of 
renegotiating its collective bargaining agreements. In such events, the 
Company's results of operations could be materially adversely affected. See 
"Business--Employees." 

POSSIBLE INABILITY TO REPURCHASE NEW SENIOR SUBORDINATED NOTES UPON CHANGE OF 
CONTROL 

   The New Credit Agreement will prohibit the Company from purchasing the New 
Senior Subordinated Notes and will also provide that certain change of 
control events with respect to the Company will constitute a default 
thereunder. Any future credit agreements or other agreements relating to 
Senior Debt to which the Company becomes a party may contain similar 
restrictions and provisions. In the event that a Change of Control occurs at 
a time when the Company is prohibited from purchasing the New Senior 
Subordinated Notes, the Company could seek the consent of its lenders to the 
purchase of the New Senior Subordinated Notes or could attempt to refinance 
the borrowings that contain such prohibition. If the Company does not obtain 
such consent or repay such borrowings, the Company will remain prohibited 
from purchasing the New Senior Subordinated Notes by the relevant Senior 
Debt. In such case, the Company's failure to purchase the tendered New Senior 
Subordinated Notes would constitute an event of default under the New Senior 
Subordinated Note Indenture which would, in turn, constitute a default under 
the New Credit Agreement and could constitute a default under other Senior 
Debt. In such 

                               15           
<PAGE>
circumstances, the subordination provisions in the New Senior Subordinated 
Note Indenture would likely restrict payments to the holders of the New 
Senior Subordinated Notes. Furthermore, no assurance can be given that the 
Company will have sufficient resources to satisfy its repurchase obligations 
with respect to the New Senior Subordinated Notes following a Change of 
Control. 

FRAUDULENT TRANSFER CONSIDERATIONS 

   The incurrence by the Company of indebtedness such as the New Senior 
Subordinated Notes to effect the Refinancing Plan may be subject to review 
under relevant state and federal fraudulent conveyance laws if a bankruptcy 
case or lawsuit is commenced by or on behalf of unpaid creditors of the 
Company. The Company believes that the indebtedness represented by the New 
Senior Subordinated Notes is being incurred for proper purposes and in good 
faith and that, based on forecasts, asset valuations and other financial 
information, the Company, after giving effect to the Refinancing Plan, 
including the consummation of the Offering and the Common Stock Offering, 
will be solvent, will have sufficient capital for carrying on its business 
and will be able to pay its debts as they mature. Notwithstanding the 
Company's belief, however, if a court of competent jurisdiction in a suit by 
an unpaid creditor or representative of creditors (such as a trustee in 
bankruptcy or debtor-in-possession) were to find that, at the time of the 
issuance of the New Senior Subordinated Notes, the Company was insolvent, was 
rendered insolvent by reason of such incurrence, was engaged in a business or 
transaction for which its remaining assets constituted unreasonably small 
capital, intended to incur, or believed that it would incur, debts beyond its 
ability to pay such debts as they mature, or intended to hinder, delay or 
defraud its creditors, and that the indebtedness was incurred for less than 
reasonably equivalent value, then such court could, among other things: (i) 
void all or a portion of the Company's obligations to the holders of the New 
Senior Subordinated Notes, the effect of which would be that the holders of 
the New Senior Subordinated Notes may not be repaid in full or at all, and/or 
(ii) subordinate the Company's obligations to the holders of the New Senior 
Subordinated Notes to other existing and future indebtedness of the Company, 
the effect of which would be to entitle such other creditors to be paid in 
full before any payment could be made on the New Senior Subordinated Notes. 

ENFORCEABILITY OF SUBSIDIARY GUARANTEES 

   The Company's obligations under the New Senior Subordinated Notes will be 
guaranteed, jointly and severally, on a senior subordinated basis by each of 
the Subsidiary Guarantors. The Company believes that the Subsidiary 
Guarantees are being incurred for proper purposes and in good faith and that, 
based on forecasts, asset valuations and other financial information, the 
Subsidiary Guarantors, after giving effect to the Refinancing Plan, including 
the consummation of the Offering and the Common Stock Offering, will be 
solvent, will have sufficient capital for carrying on their respective 
businesses and will be able to pay their debts as they mature. 
Notwithstanding the Company's belief however, if a court of competent 
jurisdiction in a suit by an unpaid creditor or representative of creditors 
(such as a trustee in bankruptcy or debtor-in-possession) were to find that, 
at the time of incurrence of a Subsidiary Guarantee, a Subsidiary Guarantor 
was insolvent, was rendered insolvent by reason of such issuance, was engaged 
in a business or transaction for which its remaining assets constituted 
unreasonably small capital, intended to incur, or believed that it would 
incur, debts beyond its ability to pay such debts as they matured, or 
intended to hinder, delay or defraud its creditors, and that the indebtedness 
was incurred for less than reasonably equivalent value, then such court 
could, among other things: (i) void all or a portion of such Subsidiary 
Guarantor's obligations to the holders of the New Senior Subordinated Notes, 
the effect of which would be that the holders of the New Senior Subordinated 
Notes may not be repaid in full or at all, and/or (ii) subordinate such 
Subsidiary Guarantor's obligations to the holders of the New Senior 
Subordinated Notes to other existing and future indebtedness of such 
Subsidiary Guarantor, the effect of which would be to entitle such other 
creditors to be paid in full before any payment could be made on the New 
Senior Subordinated Notes. Among other things, a legal challenge of a 
Subsidiary Guarantee on fraudulent conveyance grounds may focus on the 
benefits, if any, realized by the Subsidiary Guarantor as a result of the 
issuance by the Company of the New Senior Subordinated Notes. 

                               16           
<PAGE>
TRADING MARKET FOR THE NOTES 

   The New Senior Subordinated Notes are not listed for trading on any 
securities exchange or on any automated dealer quotation system. The Company 
has been advised by DLJ that it intends to make a market in the New Senior 
Subordinated Notes; however, DLJ is not obligated to do so. Any market-making 
may be discontinued at any time, and there is no assurance that an active 
public market for the New Senior Subordinated Notes will develop or, that if 
such market develops, that it will continue. Further, the liquidity of, and 
trading market for the New Senior Subordinated Notes may be adversely 
affected by declines and volatility in the market for high yield securities 
generally. The liquidity of and trading market for the New Senior 
Subordinated Notes may be adversely affected by any changes in the Company's 
financial performance or prospects. 

CAUTIONARY STATEMENT CONCERNING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS 

   The information herein contains forward-looking statements that involve a 
number of risks and uncertainties. A number of factors could cause actual 
results, performance, achievements of the Company, or industry results to be 
materially different from any future results, performance or achievements 
expressed or implied by such forward-looking statements. These factors 
include, but are not limited to, the competitive environment in the drugstore 
industry in general and in the Company's specific market area; inflation; 
changes in costs of goods and services; economic conditions in general and in 
the Company's specific market areas; demographic changes; changes in 
prevailing interest rates and the availability of and terms of financing to 
fund the anticipated growth of the Company's business; liability and other 
claims asserted against the Company; changes in operating strategy or 
development plans; the ability to attract and retain qualified personnel; the 
significant indebtedness of the Company; labor disturbances; changes in the 
Company's acquisition and capital expenditure plans; and other factors 
referenced herein. In addition, such forward-looking statements are 
necessarily dependent upon assumptions, estimates and dates that may be 
incorrect or imprecise and involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and 
other factors. Accordingly, any forward-looking statements included herein do 
not purport to be predictions of future events or circumstances and may not 
be realized. Forward-looking statements can be identified by, among other 
things, the use of forward-looking terminology such as "believes," "expects," 
"may," "will," "should," "seeks," "pro forma," "anticipates," "intends" or 
the negative of any thereof, or other variations thereon or comparable 
terminology, or by discussions of strategy or intentions. Given these 
uncertainties, prospective investors are cautioned not to place undue 
reliance on such forward-looking statements. The Company disclaims any 
obligations to update any such factors or to publicly announce the results of 
any revisions to any of the forward-looking statements contained herein to 
reflect future events or developments. 

                               17           
<PAGE>
                               USE OF PROCEEDS 

   The net proceeds to the Company from the Offering (after deducting the 
underwriting discount and estimated general offering expenses) were 
approximately $77.1 million. Such net proceeds were used, together with net 
proceeds from the Common Stock Offering of $101.8 million and borrowings 
under the New Credit Agreement, to complete the Refinancing Plan, which 
consisted of: (i) the redemption of all of the Zero Coupon Notes for $99.8 
million (including a redemption premium of $7.0 million), (ii) the redemption 
of all of the Senior Notes for $93.9 million (including a redemption premium 
of $4.0 million), (iii) the repayment of all outstanding term loan 
indebtedness under the Existing Credit Agreement, the outstanding principal 
amount of which was $65.3 million as of December 27, 1997, (iv) the repayment 
of all outstanding revolving indebtedness under the Existing Credit 
Agreement, the outstanding principal amount of which was $24.5 million as of 
December 27, 1997, and (v) the payment of fees and expenses incurred in 
connection with the Refinancing Plan. The Company intends to use the proceeds 
of the Offering, the Common Stock Offering and a portion of the proceeds from 
the New Credit Agreement to fund the redemption of the Zero Coupon Notes and 
the Senior Notes. Accordingly, the proceeds from the Offering and the Common 
Stock Offering were used to defease the Zero Coupon Notes and the Senior 
Notes pending such redemptions, which the Company currently expects to occur 
approximately 30 days after the closing of the Offering. 

                               18           
<PAGE>
                                CAPITALIZATION 

   The following table sets forth the total capitalization of the Company as 
of September 27, 1997 and the pro forma capitalization as adjusted to give 
effect to the Refinancing Plan (assuming consummation of the redemption of 
the Senior Notes and the Zero Coupon Notes), including the sale by the 
Company of the New Senior Subordinated Notes offered hereby. See "Use of 
Proceeds." This table should be read in conjunction with the unaudited 
consolidated financial statements of the Company, including the notes 
thereto, appearing elsewhere in this Prospectus. 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               SEPTEMBER 27, 1997 
                                                           -------------------------- 
                                                              ACTUAL   AS ADJUSTED(1) 
                                                           ----------  -------------- 
                                                             (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS) 
<S>                                                        <C>         <C>
Long-term debt (including current portion): 
  Credit agreement(2) .........................              $ 81,475     $      -- 
  New Credit Agreement(3) .....................                    --       130,000 
  Senior Notes(4) .............................                89,893            -- 
  Zero Coupon Notes(5) ........................                89,094            -- 
  9 1/4% New Senior Subordinated Notes ........                    --        80,000 
  Capital lease obligations ...................                 2,187         2,187 
                                                           ----------  -------------- 
    Total long-term debt ......................               262,649       212,187 
                                                           ----------  -------------- 
Stockholders' equity (deficiency): 
  Common stock and additional paid-in capital                  24,665       126,215 
  Preferred stock..............................                    --            -- 
  Accumulated deficit .........................               (98,226)     (121,899) 
                                                           ----------  -------------- 
    Total stockholders' equity (deficiency)  ..               (73,561)        4,316 
                                                           ----------  -------------- 
Total capitalization ..........................              $189,088     $ 216,503 
                                                           ==========  ============== 
</TABLE>

- ------------ 
(1)    Gives pro forma effect to the Refinancing Plan, including the 
       consummation of the Offering and the Common Stock Offering and the 
       application of the net proceeds therefrom as set forth under "Use of 
       Proceeds," as if all such transactions had occurred at September 27, 
       1997. 
(2)    Reflects outstanding balance under the Company's credit agreement in 
       effect on September 27, 1997, which was replaced in the Existing Credit 
       Agreement on September 30, 1997. 
(3)    Does not include $30.0 million of borrowing availability under the 
       revolving portion of the New Credit Agreement. 
(4)    Pursuant to the terms of the Indenture relating to the Senior Notes, 
       the Company has the right to call the Senior Notes at a price equal to 
       104.5% of the principal amount thereof (a premium of approximately $4.0 
       million). Concurrently with closing of the Offering and the Common 
       Stock Offering, the Company will call the Senior Notes (the "Senior 
       Notes Redemption") and currently expects that the Senior Notes 
       Redemption will occur approximately 30 days after the closing of the 
       Offering. 
(5)    Pursuant to the terms of the Indenture relating to the Zero Coupon 
       Notes, the Company has the right to call the Zero Coupon Notes at a 
       price equal to 107.5% of the accreted value thereof (a premium of 
       approximately $7.0 million). Concurrently with the closing of the 
       Offering and the Common Stock Offering, the Company will call the Zero 
       Coupon Notes (the "Zero Coupon Notes Redemption") and currently expects 
       that the Zero Coupon Notes Redemption will occur approximately 30 days 
       after the closing of the Offering. 

                               19           
<PAGE>
       UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

   The following unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial 
statements are based on the unaudited consolidated financial statements 
included elsewhere in this Prospectus, adjusted to give effect to the 
Refinancing Plan. 

   The unaudited pro forma statements of operations data are derived from the 
consolidated statements of operations for the fiscal year ended December 28, 
1996 and the 39 week period ended September 27, 1997, included elsewhere in 
this Prospectus, and assume that the Refinancing Plan was consummated as of 
December 31, 1995. The unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated balance 
sheet data are derived from the unaudited consolidated balance sheet of the 
Company as of September 27, 1997, included elsewhere in this Prospectus, and 
assume that the Refinancing Plan was consummated on September 27, 1997. The 
unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial statements should be 
read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements of the 
Company, included elsewhere in this Prospectus. 

   The unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial statements do not 
purport to be indicative of the results that would actually have been 
obtained if the Refinancing Plan had occurred on the dates indicated or of 
the results that may be obtained in the future. The unaudited pro forma 
condensed consolidated financial statements are presented for comparative 
purposes only. The pro forma adjustments, as described in the accompanying 
data, are based on available information and certain assumptions that 
management believes are reasonable. 

                               20           
<PAGE>
                      DUANE READE INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 
           UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET 
                     (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE AMOUNTS) 

                              SEPTEMBER 27, 1997 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                 PRO FORMA 
                                                                 HISTORICAL     ADJUSTMENTS     PRO FORMA 
                                                               ------------   -------------    ----------- 
<S>                                                            <C>            <C>              <C>
ASSETS 
Current assets 
 Cash........................................................     $    218       $ 28,128 (1)   $  28,346 
 Receivables.................................................        9,084                          9,084 
 Inventories.................................................       65,872                         65,872 
 Prepaid expense ............................................        1,371                          1,371 
                                                               ------------   -------------    ----------- 
  TOTAL CURRENT ASSETS ......................................       76,545         28,128         104,673 
Property and equipment, net .................................       24,918                         24,918 
Goodwill, net ...............................................      121,757                        121,757 
Other assets, net............................................       16,300          2,506 (1)      15,562 
                                                                                    2,900 (1) 
                                                                                    2,700 (2) 
                                                                                   (8,844)(5) 
                                                               ------------   -------------    ----------- 
  Total assets ..............................................     $239,520       $ 27,390       $ 266,910 
                                                               ============   =============    =========== 
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (DEFICIENCY) 
Current liabilities 
 Accounts payable ...........................................     $ 30,710       $              $  30,710 
 Accrued interest ...........................................          623           (600)(1)          23 
 Accrued expenses ...........................................       13,193         (2,200)(1)      13,693 
                                                                                    2,700 (2) 
 Current portion of senior debt .............................          660          2,550 (1)       2,550 
                                                                                     (660)(1) 
 Current portion of capital lease obligations................        1,510                          1,510 
                                                               ------------   -------------    ----------- 
  TOTAL CURRENT LIABILITIES .................................       46,696          1,790          48,486 
Senior debt, less current portion ...........................      170,708        127,450 (1)     207,450 
                                                                                   80,000 (1) 
                                                                                  (80,815)(1) 
                                                                                  (93,938)(1) 
                                                                                    4,045 (4) 
Zero Coupon Notes, net.......................................       89,094        (99,803)(1)          -- 
                                                                                    3,746 (3) 
                                                                                    6,963 (4) 
Capital lease obligations less current portion...............          677                            677 
Other non-current liabilities................................        5,906             75 (6)       5,981 
                                                               ------------   -------------    ----------- 
  TOTAL LIABILITIES .........................................      313,081        (50,487)        262,594 
                                                               ------------   -------------    ----------- 
Stockholders' deficiency:                                              103             67 (1)         170 
 Common stock, $0.01 par; authorized 30,000,000 shares; 
 issued and outstanding 10,257,832 shares and 16,957,832 
 shares, respectively ....................................... 
 Paid-in capital.............................................       24,562        110,483 (1)     126,045 
                                                                                   (9,000)(1) 
 Accumulated deficit ........................................      (98,226)        (3,746)(3)    (121,899) 
                                                                                  (11,008)(4) 
                                                                                   (8,844)(5) 
                                                                                      (75)(6) 
                                                               ------------   -------------    ----------- 
  TOTAL STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (DEFICIENCY) ...................      (73,561)        77,877           4,316 
                                                               ------------   -------------    ----------- 
  TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (DEFICIENCY)  ..     $239,520       $ 27,390       $ 266,910 
                                                               ============   =============    =========== 
</TABLE>

    See Notes to Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheet. 

                               21           
<PAGE>
      NOTES TO UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET 
(1)    The net effect on cash of the transactions and the application of 
       proceeds thereof, as of September 27, 1997, is as follows: 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                                                                 <C>
 TOTAL SOURCES: 
Proceeds to the Company from the Common Stock Offering                $110,550 
New Credit Agreement: 
 Current portion........................................                 2,550 
 Non-current portion....................................               127,450 
New Senior Subordinated Notes...........................                80,000 
                                                                    ---------- 
  Total sources.........................................              $320,550 
                                                                    ========== 
TOTAL USES: 
Existing Credit Agreement 
 Current portion........................................              $    660 
 Non-current portion....................................                80,815 
Senior Notes, including redemption premium..............                93,938 
Zero Coupon Notes, including redemption premium ........                99,803 
Offering fees and expenses..............................                 9,000 
New Credit Agreement fees and expenses..................                 2,506 
New Senior Subordinated Notes fees and expenses ........                 2,900 
Accelerated payment of previously incurred liability ...                 2,200 
Accrued interest........................................                   600 
Cash....................................................                28,128 
                                                                    ---------- 
  Total uses............................................              $320,550 
                                                                    ========== 
</TABLE>

(2)    Represents fees and expenses related to the Existing Credit Agreement. 
(3)    Represents adjustment of the Zero Coupon Notes to accreted value in 
       accordance with the Zero Coupon Notes Indenture. 
(4)    Represents accrual of redemption premiums on the Senior Notes and the 
       Zero Coupon Notes. 
(5)    Represents a write-off of unamortized deferred financing costs related 
       to the Company's previously outstanding debt, including (i) $6,144 
       relating to the bank credit agreement of the Company that existed prior 
       to the Existing Credit Agreement, the Senior Notes and the Zero Coupon 
       Notes and (ii) $2,700 relating to the Existing Credit Agreement. 
(6)    Represents compensation expense in connection with stock options 
       granted. 

                               22           
<PAGE>
                      DUANE READE INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 
     UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS 
                   (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS) 

                  FOR THE 39 WEEKS ENDED SEPTEMBER 27, 1997 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               PRO FORMA 
                                                HISTORICAL    ADJUSTMENTS     PRO FORMA 
                                               ------------ -------------   ------------ 
<S>                                            <C>          <C>             <C>
Net sales ....................................   $313,796      $               $313,796 
Cost of sales.................................    236,413                       236,413 
                                               ------------ -------------   ------------ 
Gross profit..................................     77,383            --          77,383 
                                               ------------ -------------   ------------ 
Selling, general and administrative expenses       48,218            75 (2)      48,293 
Amortization .................................      3,826                         3,826 
Depreciation .................................      2,584                         2,584 
Store pre-opening expenses....................        600                           600 
Nonrecurring charges..........................     10,887                        10,887 
                                               ------------ -------------   ------------ 
                                                   66,115            75          66,190 
                                               ------------ -------------   ------------ 
Operating income .............................     11,268           (75)         11,193 
Interest expense, net ........................     25,433       (10,408)(1)      15,025 
                                               ------------ -------------   ------------ 
Loss before income taxes......................    (14,165)       10,333          (3,832) (3) 
Income taxes..................................         --            --              -- 
                                               ------------ -------------   ------------ 
 Net loss.....................................   $(14,165)     $ 10,333        $ (3,832) 
                                               ============ =============   ============ 
 Net loss per common share....................   $  (1.34)                     $  (0.22) 
                                               ============                 ============ 
Weighted average common shares outstanding  ..     10,600                        17,300 
                                               ============ =============   ============ 
</TABLE>

                   FOR THE 52 WEEKS ENDED DECEMBER 28, 1996 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               PRO FORMA 
                                                HISTORICAL    ADJUSTMENTS     PRO FORMA 
                                               ------------ -------------   ----------- 
<S>                                            <C>          <C>             <C>
Net sales.....................................   $381,466      $              $381,466 
Cost of sales ................................    288,505                      288,505 
                                               ------------ -------------   ----------- 
Gross profit .................................     92,961            --         92,961 
                                               ------------ -------------   ----------- 
Selling, general and administrative expenses       59,048                       59,048 
Amortization..................................     16,217                       16,217 
Depreciation..................................      3,015                        3,015 
Store pre-opening expenses ...................        139                          139 
                                               ------------ -------------   ----------- 
                                                   78,419            --         78,419 
                                               ------------ -------------   ----------- 
Operating income..............................     14,542            --         14,542 
Interest expense, net.........................     32,396       (12,527)(4)     19,869 
                                               ------------ -------------   ----------- 
Loss before income taxes......................    (17,854)       12,527         (5,327) 
Income taxes..................................         --            --             -- 
                                               ------------ -------------   ----------- 
 Net loss.....................................   $(17,854)     $ 12,527       $ (5,327) 
                                               ============ =============   =========== 
 Net loss per common share....................   $  (1.69)                    $  (0.31) 
                                               ============                 =========== 
Weighted average common shares outstanding ...     10,575                       17,275 
                                               ============                 =========== 
</TABLE>

See notes to Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Statements of 
                                 Operations. 

                               23           
<PAGE>
 NOTES TO UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS 
                            (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS) 

   The Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations 
reflect the following as if all transactions had occurred on December 31, 
1995: 

   (1) For the 39 weeks ended September 27, 1997: 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                                                                  <C>
Interest expense related to the New Senior Subordinated Notes (at 
 an interest rate of 9.25%)(a) .....................................  $  5,550 
Interest expense related to the New Credit Agreement (b)  ..........     8,072 
Amortization of deferred financing costs related to the New Credit 
 Agreement and New Senior Subordinated Notes .......................       658 
Elimination of interest expense and amortization of deferred 
 financing costs related to the Company's previously outstanding 
 debt ..............................................................   (24,688) 
                                                                     ---------- 
                                                                      $(10,408) 
                                                                     ========== 
</TABLE>

   (2) Reflects a provision for compensation expense in connection with stock 
options issued. 

   (3) Upon the early retirement of the Senior Notes, the Zero Coupon Notes 
       and the Existing Credit Agreement as a consequence of the consummation 
       of the Refinancing Plan, the Company expects to realize an 
       extraordinary loss, which on a pro forma basis for the 39 weeks ended 
       September 27, 1997 would be approximately $23,598, comprised of: 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                                                              <C>
Redemption premium on Senior Notes..............................  $ 4,045 
Redemption premium on Zero Coupon Notes.........................    6,963 
Adjustment of Zero Coupon Notes to accreted value in accordance 
 with the Zero Coupon Note Indenture............................    3,746 
Write-off of unamortized deferred financing costs related to 
 the Company's previously outstanding debt......................    8,844 
                                                                 -------- 
Pro forma extraordinary loss (tax effect: none).................  $23,598 
                                                                 ======== 
</TABLE>

   (4) For the 52 weeks ended December 28, 1996: 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                                                                  <C>
 Interest expense related to the New Senior Subordinated Notes (at 
 an interest rate of 9.25%)(a)......................................  $  7,400 
Interest expense related to the New Credit Agreement (c)  ..........    10,763 
Amortization of deferred financing costs related to the New Credit 
 Agreement and New Senior Subordinated Notes .......................     1,012 
Elimination of interest expense and amortization of deferred 
 financing costs related to the Company's previously outstanding 
 debt ..............................................................   (31,702) 
                                                                     ---------- 
                                                                      $(12,527) 
                                                                     ========== 
</TABLE>

- ------------ 
(a)     A 25 basis point (0.25%) increase or decrease in the assumed interest 
        rate would result in a change in interest expense of $150 for the 39 
        weeks ended September 27, 1997 and $200 for the 52 weeks ended 
        December 28, 1996. 
(b)     Interest expense is calculated as follows: (i) assuming an 
        outstanding principal balance on the New Credit Agreement of $130.0 
        million for the applicable period and (ii) using an interest rate of 
        8.3%, which is calculated in accordance with the New Credit 
        Agreement, which provides for the payment of interest on $50.0 
        million of outstanding Tranche A loans at LIBOR plus 2.5% and on 
        $80.0 million of outstanding Tranche B loans at LIBOR plus 2.75%. 
        Based on the current LIBOR rate, as of February 6, 1998 of 5.625%, 
        the average interest rate on such borrowings is 8.3%. A 25 basis 
        point (0.25%) increase or decrease in the assumed interest rate would 
        result in a $243 change in interest expense. 
(c)     Interest expense is calculated as follows: (i) assuming an 
        outstanding principal balance on the New Credit Agreement of $130.0 
        million for the applicable period and (ii) using an interest rate of 
        8.3%, which is calculated in accordance with the New Credit 
        Agreement, which provides for the payment of interest on $50.0 
        million of outstanding Tranche A loans at LIBOR plus 2.5% and on 
        $80.0 million of outstanding Tranche B loans at LIBOR plus 2.75%. 
        Based on the current LIBOR rate, as of February 6, 1998 of 5.625%, 
        the average interest rate on such borrowings is 8.3%. A 25 basis 
        point (0.25%) increase or decrease in the assumed interest rate would 
        result in a $325 change in interest expense. 

                               24           
<PAGE>
                       SELECTED CONSOLIDATED HISTORICAL 
                         FINANCIAL AND OPERATING DATA 
     (In thousands, except per share amounts, percentages and store data) 

   The data set forth below as of December 31, 1992 and for the period 
September 26, 1992 through December 31, 1992, and as of January 1, 1994, 
December 31, 1994, December 30, 1995, December 28, 1996 and for each of the 
52 week periods then ended was derived from the consolidated financial 
statements of the Company. As used below, the term "Predecessor" refers to 
the operations of Duane Reade prior to the acquisition thereof by Bain 
Capital in September 1992. The basis of accounting as of September 25, 1992 
and for the period January 1, 1992 through September 25, 1992 reflects the 
historical basis of accounting of the Predecessor prior to the acquisition 
thereof by Bain Capital and such data was derived from the consolidated 
financial statements of the Predecessor. The data presented below for the 39 
weeks ended September 28, 1996 and September 27, 1997 and as of September 27, 
1997 have been derived from the Company's unaudited consolidated financial 
statements and, in the opinion of the Company's management, reflect and 
include all adjustments (consisting only of normal recurring adjustments) 
necessary for a fair presentation of such results. The results of operations 
for the 39 weeks ended September 27, 1997 are not necessarily indicative of 
the results that may be expected for a full fiscal year. This information 
should be read in conjunction with the historical consolidated financial 
statements of the Company, including the notes thereto, included elsewhere in 
this Prospectus. 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                         PREDECESSOR 
                                        ------------- 
                                            PERIOD 
                                          JANUARY 1 

                                              TO 
                                        SEPTEMBER 25, 
                                             1992 
<S>                                     <C>
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA: 
Net sales .............................    $167,634 
Cost of sales .........................     124,637 
                                        ------------- 
Gross profit ..........................      42,997 
Selling, general and administrative 
 expenses .............................      22,636 
Amortization ..........................           0 
Depreciation ..........................         723 
Store pre-opening expenses ............          -- 
Nonrecurring charges (1) ..............          -- 
                                        ------------- 
Operating income (loss) ...............      19,638 
Net interest expense ..................       3,298 
                                        ------------- 
Income (loss) before income tax  ......      16,340 
Provision for taxes ...................         620 
                                        ------------- 
Net income (loss) .....................    $ 15,720 
                                        ============= 
Earnings (loss) per common share  ..... 
Ratio of earnings to fixed charges 
 (2)...................................         3.4x 
Deficiency of earnings to fixed 
 charges (2)...........................    $     -- 
Pro forma (deficiency) of earnings to 
 fixed charges (3) .................... 
CONSOLIDATED CASH FLOWS DATA: 
Net cash provided by operations .......      22,505 
Net cash (used in) provided by 
 investing activities..................        (114) 
Net cash (used in) provided by 
 financing activities..................     (21,618) 
OPERATING AND OTHER DATA: 
EBITDA (4) ............................    $ 20,380 
EBITDA as a percentage of sales  ......        12.2% 
Number of stores at end of period  ....          37 
Same store sales growth (5) ...........          -- 
Pharmacy same store sales 
 growth (5)(8)......................... 
Average store size (square feet) at 
 end of period.........................          -- 
Sales per square foot (7) .............          -- 
Pharmacy sales as a % of net sales 
 (8)...................................          -- 
Third-Party Plan sales as a % of 
 pharmacy sales (9) ................... 
Capital expenditures ..................    $    114 
BALANCE SHEET DATA (AT END OF PERIOD): 
Working capital .......................    $ 13,943 
Total assets ..........................     264,355 
Total debt and capital lease 
 obligations (10) .....................     221,471 
Stockholders' equity (deficiency)  ....     (35,622) 
</TABLE>

                    (RESTUBBED TABLE CONTINUED FROM ABOVE) 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                              COMPANY 
                                        ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 
                                           PERIOD                                                      39 WEEKS ENDED 
                                        SEPTEMBER 26 
                                             TO                     FISCAL YEAR                ---------------------------- 
                                        DECEMBER 31,  ----------------------------------------- SEPTEMBER 28, SEPTEMBER 27, 
                                            1992        1993       1994      1995       1996        1996           1997 
<S>                                     <C>          <C>        <C>       <C>        <C>       <C>            <C>
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA: 
Net sales .............................    $60,785    $241,474   $281,103  $336,922   $381,466    $281,093       $313,796 
Cost of sales .........................     45,560     181,566    209,678   259,827    288,505     215,797        236,413 
                                        ------------ ---------  --------- ---------  --------- -------------  ------------- 
Gross profit ..........................     15,225      59,908     71,425    77,095     92,961      65,296         77,383 
Selling, general and administrative 
 expenses .............................      8,019      29,666     39,741    50,326     59,048      42,499         48,218 
Amortization ..........................      7,344      27,432     18,238    11,579     16,217       8,514          3,826 
Depreciation ..........................        166         729      1,184     1,929      3,015       2,295          2,584 
Store pre-opening expenses ............         --         300      1,220     1,095        139         139            600 
Nonrecurring charges (1) ..............         --          --         --        --         --          --         10,887 
                                        ------------ ---------  --------- ---------  --------- -------------  ------------- 
Operating income (loss) ...............       (304)      1,781     11,042    12,166     14,542      11,849         11,268 
Net interest expense ..................      6,989      26,199     27,480    30,224     32,396      24,334         25,433 
                                        ------------ ---------  --------- ---------  --------- -------------  ------------- 
Income (loss) before income tax  ......     (7,293)    (24,418)   (16,438)  (18,058)   (17,854)    (12,485)       (14,165) 
Provision for taxes ...................         --          --         --        --         --          --             -- 
                                        ------------ ---------  --------- ---------  --------- -------------  ------------- 
Net income (loss) .....................    $(7,293)   $(24,418)  $(16,438) $(18,058)  $(17,854)   $(12,485)      $(14,165) 
                                        ============ =========  ========= =========  ========= =============  ============= 
Earnings (loss) per common share  .....    $ (0.73)   $  (2.34)  $  (1.55) $  (1.70)  $  (1.69)   $  (1.18)      $  (1.34) 
                                        ============ =========  ========= =========  ========= =============  ============= 
Ratio of earnings to fixed charges 
 (2)...................................          --         --         --        --         --          --             -- 
Deficiency of earnings to fixed 
 charges (2)...........................   $  (7,293)  $(24,418)  $(16,630) $(18,905)  $(17,854)   $(12,485)      $(14,165) 
Pro forma (deficiency) of earnings to 
 fixed charges (3) ....................                                                 (5,327)                    (3,832) 
CONSOLIDATED CASH FLOWS DATA: 
Net cash provided by operations .......       1,532      7,021     15,297     6,734     12,595       6,656         (3,203) 
Net cash (used in) provided by 
 investing activities..................    (174,825)      (874)   (11,238)  (12,754)    (3,769)     (2,937)        (3,856) 
Net cash (used in) provided by 
 financing activities..................     175,534     (6,138)    (2,940)    4,784    (10,743)     (5,609)         7,061 
OPERATING AND OTHER DATA: 
EBITDA (4) ............................   $   7,206   $ 29,975   $ 31,188  $ 27,443   $ 35,300    $ 23,814       $ 29,747 
EBITDA as a percentage of sales  ......        11.9%      12.4%      11.1%      8.2%       9.3%        8.5%           9.5% 
Number of stores at end of period  ....          37         40         51        59         60          60             65 
Same store sales growth (5) ...........         2.4%(6)     3.3%      1.6%     (3.5)%      8.3%        7.8%           7.9% 
Pharmacy same store sales 
 growth (5)(8).........................          --         --       14.2%      7.0%      25.5%       25.1%          25.4% 
Average store size (square feet) at 
 end of period.........................       6,166(6)   6,172      6,596     6,712      6,733       6,733          6,832 
Sales per square foot (7) .............   $   1,001(6)$  1,022   $    970  $    898   $    956    $    708       $    751 
Pharmacy sales as a % of net sales 
 (8)...................................          --       16.6%      17.6%     19.0%      21.8%       21.5%          24.8% 
Third-Party Plan sales as a % of 
 pharmacy sales (9) ...................                              45.7%     58.2%      64.4%       63.3%          72.9% 
Capital expenditures ..................   $     950   $  1,838   $  9,947  $  6,868   $  1,247    $    913       $  4,931 
BALANCE SHEET DATA (AT END OF PERIOD): 
Working capital .......................   $  13,722   $ 14,285   $ 20,152  $ 13,699   $  9,917    $  8,220       $ 29,849 
Total assets ..........................     260,674    234,430    229,699   235,860    222,476     226,060        239,520 
Total debt and capital lease 
 obligations (10) .....................     221,815    223,422    228,764   244,104    245,657     247,570        262,649 
Stockholders' equity (deficiency)  ....      16,236     (6,757)   (23,170)  (41,196)   (59,396)    (54,027)       (73,561) 
</TABLE>

                               25           
<PAGE>
- ------------ 
(1)   During the first quarter of fiscal 1997, the Company considered a 
      public offering of its common stock and took certain steps in 
      connection with these plans. Such plans were abandoned upon 
      consummation of the Recapitalization discussed in Note 10 of the Notes 
      to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited) for the 39 weeks ended 
      September 27, 1997. Costs and expenses incurred in connection with the 
      abandoned public offering, the Recapitalization and the exchange offers 
      referred to in Note 10 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial 
      Statements (Unaudited) aggregated approximately $10.9 million, 
      including investment banking fees of $7.7 million (including $3.5 
      million to an affiliate of DLJMBPII and $0.6 million to certain 
      affiliates of Bain Capital), legal and accounting fees of $1.6 million, 
      stand-by commitment fees relating to certain change of control offers 
      of $1.2 million to an affiliate of DLJMBPII, and other costs of $0.4 
      million, which the Company has treated as a non-recurring expense 
      because such expenses related to financing activities in connection 
      with the Recapitalization and related events, which the Company does 
      not expect to repeat. 
(2)   The ratio of earnings to fixed charges is computed by dividing (i) 
      income (loss) before interest expense, other fixed charges and 
      extraordinary items by (ii) fixed charges, including capitalized 
      interest, interest expense, amortization of deferred financing costs 
      and the portion of rent expense which represents interest (assumed to 
      be one-third). For the period September 26, 1992 to December 31, 1992, 
      fiscal years 1993, 1994, 1995 and 1996 and the 39 weeks ended September 
      28, 1996 and September 27, 1997, earnings were insufficient to cover 
      fixed charges. Included in the loss before extraordinary items for the 
      39 weeks ended September 27, 1997 was a nonrecurring charge of $10,887, 
      as disclosed in Note 11 to the Company's consolidated financial 
      statements. If such charge had not been incurred, earnings would have 
      been insufficient to cover fixed charges by $3,278. 
(3)   On a pro forma basis, after giving effect to the Offering, earnings for 
      fiscal year 1996 and the 39 weeks ended September 27, 1997 would have 
      been insufficient to cover fixed charges. Included in the loss before 
      extraordinary items for the 39 weeks ended September 27, 1997 was a 
      nonrecurring charge of $10,887 as disclosed in Note 11 to the Company's 
      consolidated financial statements. If such charge had not been 
      incurred, on a pro forma basis, after giving effect to the Offering, 
      the ratio of earnings to fixed charges would have been 1.3x. 
(4)   As used herein, "EBITDA" means net income (loss) plus nonrecurring 
      charges, interest, income taxes, depreciation, amortization and other 
      non-cash items (primarily deferred rents). Management believes that 
      EBITDA, as presented, represents a useful measure of assessing the 
      performance of the Company's ongoing operating activities as it 
      reflects the earnings trends of the Company without the impact of 
      certain non-cash charges. Targets and positive trends in EBITDA are 
      used as the performance measure for determining management's bonus 
      compensation; EBITDA is also utilized by the Company's creditors in 
      assessing debt covenant compliance. The Company understands that, while 
      EBITDA is frequently used by security analysts in the evaluation of 
      companies, it is not necessarily comparable to other similarly titled 
      captions of other companies due to potential inconsistencies in the 
      method of calculation. EBITDA is not intended as an alternative to cash 
      flow from operating activities as a measure of liquidity, nor an 
      alternative to net income as an indicator of the Company's operating 
      performance nor any other measure of performance in conformity with 
      GAAP. 
      A reconciliation of net income (loss) to EBITDA for each period 
      included above is set forth below (dollars in thousands): 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                          JAN. 1     SEPT. 26                     FISCAL YEAR                         39 WEEKS ENDED 
                            TO          TO     ------------------------------------------------- ------------------------ 
                        SEPT. 25,    DEC. 31,                                                     SEPT. 28,    SEPT. 27, 
                           1992        1992        1993        1994         1995        1996         1996        1997 
<S>                    <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>          <C>         <C>          <C>         <C>
Net income (loss) ....   $15,720     $(7,293)    $(24,418)   $(16,438)    $(18,058)   $(17,854)    $(12,485)   $(14,165) 
Net interest expense       3,298       6,989       26,199      27,480       30,224      32,396       24,334      25,433 
Amortization .........        --       7,344       27,432      18,238       11,579      16,217        8,514       3,826 
Depreciation .........       723         166          729       1,184        1,929       3,015        2,295       2,584 
Nonrecurring charges          --          --           --          --           --          --           --      10,887 
Other non-cash items         639          --           33         724        1,769       1,526        1,156       1,182 
                       ----------- ----------  ----------- -----------  ----------- -----------  ----------- ----------- 
EBITDA ...............   $20,380     $ 7,206     $ 29,975    $ 31,188     $ 27,443    $ 35,300     $ 23,814    $ 29,747 
                       =========== ==========  =========== ===========  =========== ===========  =========== =========== 
</TABLE>

(5)    Same store sales figures include stores that have been in operation for 
       at least 13 months. 
(6)    For the year ended December 31, 1992. 
(7)    The Company experienced a decline in sales per square foot from 1993 
       through 1995 as a result of the opening of additional stores in 
       connection with the Company's expansion. The opening of such additional 
       stores resulted in a decline in sales per square foot principally 
       because (i) the average square footage for the new stores was greater 
       than that of the existing store base and (ii) new stores generally take 
       some time to reach a mature level of sales. See "Management's 
       Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of 
       Operations--General." 
(8)    Prior to 1993, the Company did not separately track pharmacy sales. 
(9)    Prior to fiscal year 1994, the Company's pharmacy system did not 
       separately track third-party sales. 
(10)   Excludes deferred rent obligations of approximately $4.0 million and 
       $5.4 million at December 28, 1996 and at September 27, 1997, 
       respectively. 

                               26           
<PAGE>
                   MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF 
                FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS 

   The following should be read in connection with the consolidated financial 
statements of the Company and the notes thereto included elsewhere in this 
Prospectus. 

GENERAL 

   The Company generates revenues primarily through sales of OTC drugs and 
prescription pharmaceutical products, health and beauty aids, food and 
beverage items, tobacco products, cosmetics, housewares, hosiery, greeting 
cards, photofinishing, photo supplies and seasonal merchandise. Health and 
beauty products, including OTC drugs, represent the largest of the Company's 
product categories. The Company's primary costs and expenses consist of (i) 
inventory costs, (ii) labor expenses and (iii) occupancy costs. 

   In 1994 and 1995, the Company experienced rapid expansion, growing from 40 
stores to 59 stores. However, as a result of liquidity constraints and the 
need for improved inventory controls, the Company was forced to suspend its 
store expansion program in late 1995. In early 1996, a strengthened 
management team led by Anthony Cuti, the Company's new Chairman and Chief 
Executive Officer, took several measures to improve operations such as 
decreasing out-of-stock occurrences, creating a loss prevention function to 
control inventory shrink and continuing to invest in MIS. 

   The Company had sales per square foot of $956 and approximately $1,054 in 
fiscal 1996 and fiscal 1997, respectively. The Company believes that sales 
per square foot are a useful measure of comparing the Company's performance 
to that of its competitors because it is a measure of a store's sales 
productivity. The Company experienced a decline in sales per square foot from 
1993 through 1995 as a result of the opening of additional stores in 
connection with the Company's expansion plans during that period. The opening 
of such additional stores resulted in a decline in sales per square foot 
principally because (i) the average square footage for the new stores was 
greater than that of the existing store based and (ii) new stores generally 
take some time to reach a mature level of sales. The Company currently 
expects that its sales per square foot may decline as it embarks on its plan 
to increase new store openings during 1998 and 1999. The Company believes 
that its competitors in the industry experience increases and decreases in 
sales per square foot for similar reasons. 

   In 1997, the Company resumed its store expansion program, opening seven 
stores in 1997. Generally a new Duane Reade store requires an initial 
investment of approximately $1.1 million in capital expenditures and working 
capital. Since 1993, all of the Company's new stores have become profitable 
on an operating basis within the first full year of operation. Over the next 
two years, the Company plans to open approximately 30 to 40 stores, primarily 
in New York City. 

   Over the past two years, Third Party Plans, including managed care 
providers and insurance companies, have comprised an increasing percentage of 
the Company's pharmacy business as the health care industry shifts to managed 
care. While sales to customers covered by Third Party Plans result in lower 
gross profit rates due to competitive pricing, the Company believes that such 
lower rates are offset by increased volume of pharmacy sales and the 
opportunity to leverage fixed expenses. 

   The Company includes stores that have been in operation for at least 13 
months for purposes of calculating comparable store sales figures. 

   The Company's predecessor was founded in 1960. In 1992, Bain Capital 
formed the Company to acquire the Company's predecessor from its founders 
through a leveraged buyout, financed primarily with the proceeds from the 
Zero Coupon Notes and the Senior Notes. In June 1997, investment funds 
affiliated with DLJMBPII (the "DLJMB Entities"), an affiliate of DLJ, the 
Underwriter, acquired approximately 91.5% of the outstanding capital stock of 
the Company from Bain Capital and certain other selling securityholders, for 
approximately $78.7 million in cash, pursuant to a Recapitalization 
Agreement, dated June 18, 1997 (the "Recapitalization Agreement"). Upon 
consummation of such purchase, the Company reclassified all of its 
outstanding capital stock (then consisting of four classes) into one class of 
common stock, $0.01 par value per share. Upon consummation of the Common 
Stock Offering, assuming no 

                               27           
<PAGE>
exercise of the underwriters' overallotment option, the DLJMB Entities will 
hold approximately 52.4% of the Common Stock on a fully diluted basis. See 
"Principal Stockholders." 

   Prior to the consummation of the Offering, the Company's primary asset is 
all of the outstanding common stock of Daboco, Inc., a New York corporation 
("Daboco"), with Daboco and DRI, a direct wholly-owned subsidiary of Daboco, 
together owning all of the outstanding partnership interests of Duane Reade, 
a New York general partnership ("DR") (Daboco owns a 99% partnership interest 
and DRI owns the remaining 1% partnership interest). Substantially all of the 
operations of the Company are conducted through DR. Concurrently with the 
consummation of the Offering, Daboco will be merged with and into the Company 
(the "Merger"), resulting in the Company directly owning 99% of the 
partnership interests of DR (the "Partnership Interest") and DRI continuing 
to own a 1% partnership interest. Following the consummation of the Merger, 
the primary assets of the Company will be the Partnership Interest and 100% 
of the outstanding common stock of DRI. 

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS 

   The following sets forth the results of operations as a percentage of 
sales for the periods indicated. 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                   39 WEEKS ENDED 
                                                         -------------------------------- 
                                     FISCAL YEAR           SEPTEMBER 28,   SEPTEMBER 27, 
                             ---------------------------- 
                               1994      1995     1996         1996             1997 
<S>                          <C>      <C>       <C>      <C>              <C>
Net sales ..................   100.0%   100.0%    100.0%       100.0%          100.0% 
Cost of sales ..............    74.6     77.1      75.6         76.8            75.3 
                             -------- --------  -------- ---------------  --------------- 
Gross profit ...............    25.4     22.9      24.4         23.2            24.7 
                             -------- --------  -------- ---------------  --------------- 
Selling, general and 
 administrative expenses  ..    14.1     14.9      15.5         15.1            15.4 
Amortization ...............     6.5      3.5       4.3          3.0             1.2 
Depreciation ...............     0.4      0.6       0.8          0.8             0.8 
Store pre-opening expenses       0.4      0.3       0.0          0.1             0.2 
Nonrecurring charges .......     --       --        --           --              3.5 
                             -------- --------  -------- ---------------  --------------- 
Operating income ...........     4.0      3.6       3.8          4.2             3.6 
Net interest expense .......     9.8      9.0       8.5          8.6             8.1 
                             -------- --------  -------- ---------------  --------------- 
Net loss ...................    (5.8)%   (5.4)%    (4.7)%       (4.4)%          (4.5)% 
                             ======== ========  ======== ===============  =============== 
</TABLE>

 39 WEEKS ENDED SEPTEMBER 27, 1997 COMPARED TO 39 WEEKS ENDED SEPTEMBER 28, 
1996 

   Net sales in the 39 weeks ended September 27, 1997 were $313.8 million, an 
increase of 11.6% over net sales of $281.1 million for the 39 weeks ended 
September 28, 1996. The increase was attributable to increased comparable 
store sales of 7.9% and the inclusion of one new store opened during the 39 
weeks ended September 28, 1996 for the entire 1997 period and five new stores 
opened in 1997. 

   Cost of sales as a percentage of net sales decreased to 75.3% for the 39 
weeks ended September 27, 1997 from 76.8% for the 39 weeks ended September 
28, 1996, resulting in an increase in gross profit margin to 24.7% for the 
1997 period from 23.2% during the same period in 1996. The increase in gross 
margin resulted from a number of factors including (i) increased contribution 
from the sale of higher margin merchandise such as cosmetics, vitamins, 
general merchandise, generic drugs and private label products, (ii) higher 
promotional allowances received from vendors and (iii) lower occupancy costs 
that increased at a lesser rate than the rate at which sales increased. 

   Selling, general and administrative expenses represented 15.4% and 15.1% 
of net sales in the 39 weeks ended September 27, 1997 and September 28, 1996, 
respectively. The percentage increase in 1997 compared to 1996 resulted 
principally from higher selling and administrative expenses including (i) 
higher store salaries as a percentage of net sales (principally from new 
stores during the early months of 

                               28           
<PAGE>
operation) and (ii) operating costs related to the Company's management 
information systems department, partially offset by elimination of agreements 
requiring the annual payment of $1.0 million in management fees to Bain 
Capital. Such agreements were terminated as a result of the Recapitalization. 
The Company believes that as the Company's new stores mature, salaries will 
increase at a lesser rate than store sales. 

   Amortization of goodwill and other intangibles in the 39 weeks ended 
September 27, 1997 and September 28, 1996 was $3.8 million and $8.5 million, 
respectively. The decrease in amortization is principally a result of the 
completion in 1996 of amortization of covenants not to compete and the 
related write-off of the balance of such amounts during the fourth quarter of 
1996. 

   Depreciation was $2.6 million and $2.3 million in the 39 weeks ended 
September 27, 1997 and September 28, 1996, respectively. 

   Store pre-opening expenses increased from $0.1 million in the 39 weeks 
ended September 28, 1996 to $0.6 million in the 39 weeks ended September 27, 
1997 due to the opening of five new store locations in 1997 compared to one 
in 1996. 

   Net interest expense was $25.4 million in the 39 weeks ended September 27, 
1997 compared to $24.3 million in the 39 weeks ended September 28, 1996. The 
increase in interest expense was principally due to (i) higher non-cash 
accretion of the Zero Coupon Notes, (ii) interest related to financing of 
third party accounts receivable and (iii) increased interest on borrowings 
under the revolving credit facility, partially offset by (a) reduced interest 
on term loan borrowings caused by the decrease in average balance from $72.8 
million for the 39 weeks ended September 28, 1996 to $66.5 million for the 39 
weeks ended September 27, 1997 and a decrease in the average interest rate 
from 9.1% for the 39 weeks ended September 28, 1996 to 8.8% for the 39 weeks 
ended September 27, 1997 and (b) reduced interest on capital lease 
obligations. 

   The net loss for the Company increased by $1.7 million from $12.5 million 
in the 39 weeks ended September 28, 1996 to $14.2 million in the 39 weeks 
ended September 27, 1997 primarily as a result of nonrecurring charges (see 
Note 11 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)) and 
increases in selling, general and administrative expenses and interest 
expense, partially offset by increased sales and gross profit margin and 
lower amortization of intangibles. The Company's EBITDA improved by $5.9 
million or 24.9% to $29.7 million in the 39 weeks ended September 27, 1997 
compared to $23.8 million in the 39 weeks ended September 28, 1996. EBITDA as 
a percentage of sales increased to 9.5% in the 39 weeks ended September 27, 
1997 from 8.5% in the 39 weeks ended September 28, 1996. 

 FISCAL 1996 COMPARED TO FISCAL 1995 

   Net sales in 1996 were $381.5 million, an increase of 13.2% over 1995 net 
sales of $336.9 million. The increase was due to increased comparable store 
sales of 8.3% and the inclusion of eight stores opened during 1995 for the 
entire 1996 period and of one store opened in 1996. The increase in 
comparable store sales was primarily attributable to increased pharmacy 
sales, which increased to 21.8% of total sales in 1996 compared to 19.0% of 
total sales in 1995. 

   Cost of sales as a percentage of net sales decreased to 75.6% for 1996 
from 77.1% for 1995, resulting in an increase in gross profit margin to 24.4% 
for 1996 from 22.9% for 1995. The increase in gross margin resulted from a 
number of factors including (i) lower inventory shrink losses, (ii) increased 
contributions from the sale of generic drugs and private label products, 
(iii) less promotional activity and (iv) lower rent-to-sales ratios in stores 
opened during 1995 and 1994. The increases were partially offset by lower 
gross margins resulting from sales to customers covered by Third Party Plans. 

   Selling, general and administrative expenses were $59.0 million or 15.5% 
of net sales and $50.3 million or 14.9% of net sales in 1996 and 1995, 
respectively. The percentage increase in 1996 compared to 1995 resulted 
principally from higher administrative expenses, including (i) operating 
costs related to the Company's management information systems department, 
(ii) administrative salaries and one time executive search and severance 
expenses and (iii) professional and consulting fees principally for the 
warehouse and loss prevention areas. The increases were partially offset by 
lower store operating 

                               29           
<PAGE>
expenses as a percentage of net sales primarily due to a higher volume of 
pharmacy sales, which allows the Company to leverage other fixed store 
operating expenses. 

   Amortization of goodwill and other intangibles in 1995 and 1996 was $11.6 
million and $16.2 million, respectively. The increase in amortization was 
caused by an increase in the amortization of covenants not to compete from 
$8.1 million in 1995 to $11.4 million in 1996 and amortization of systems 
installation and integration costs in an amount of $1.4 million in 1996. The 
increase in amortization of covenants not to compete was caused by the 
write-off of the balance of such intangibles in 1996 resulting from the 
termination of the related agreements. Amortization of systems installation 
and integration costs began in 1996. 

   The increase in depreciation from $1.9 million in 1995 to $3.0 million in 
1996 resulted principally from (i) depreciation of data processing equipment 
which began in 1996 and (ii) a full year's depreciation in 1996 of assets of 
eight stores that were opened in 1995. 

   Store pre-opening expenses decreased from $1.1 million in 1995 to $0.1 
million in 1996 due to the opening of one new store location in 1996 compared 
to eight in 1995. 

   Net interest expense increased 7.2% to $32.4 million in 1996 from $30.2 
million in 1995. The increase in interest expense was principally due to the 
higher non-cash accretion of the Zero Coupon Notes offset, in part, by 
reduced interest on term loan borrowings resulting from the decrease in 
average outstanding balance from $75.1 million to $72.0 million and a 
decrease in the average interest rate from 9.5% to 9.1%. 

   The net loss for the Company decreased by $0.2 million or 1.1% from $18.1 
million in 1995 to $17.9 million in 1996 primarily as a result of increased 
sales and gross profit margin offset, in part, by increases in selling, 
general and administrative expenses and amortization of intangibles. The 
Company's EBITDA increased by $7.9 million or 28.6% to $35.3 million in 1996 
compared to $27.4 million in 1995. EBITDA as a percentage of sales increased 
to 9.3% in 1996 from 8.2% in 1995. 

 FISCAL 1995 COMPARED TO FISCAL 1994 

   Net sales in 1995 were $336.9 million, an increase of 19.9% over 1994 net 
sales of $281.1 million. The increase was primarily due to the inclusion of 
11 new stores opened during 1994 for the entire 1995 period and of eight 
stores opened during 1995, partially offset by a decrease in comparable store 
sales of 3.5%. 

   Cost of sales as a percentage of net sales increased to 77.1% for 1995 
from 74.6% for 1994. The increase in cost of sales resulted from a number of 
factors, including: (i) increased inventory losses arising from inventory 
shrink and from difficulties encountered in implementing new warehousing and 
merchandising systems, (ii) delays in implementation of normal price 
increases, (iii) increased promotional activity, primarily in the last 
quarter of 1995, and (iv) increased occupancy expense as a percentage of 
sales in 1995 as compared with 1994. These changes were partially offset by a 
decline in amortization of certain acquisition costs, which amortization was 
completed in the third quarter of 1994. 

   Selling, general and administrative expenses for 1995 increased to $50.3 
million from $39.7 million for 1994, representing 14.9% and 14.1% of sales in 
1995 and 1994, respectively. Such percentage increase in 1995 resulted 
principally from additional costs from operating new stores and the 
implementation of new MIS. 

   Amortization of goodwill and other intangibles decreased from $18.2 
million in 1994 to $11.6 million in 1995. This decrease was primarily 
attributable to a decrease in amortization of covenants not to compete from 
$13.0 million in 1994 to $8.1 million in 1995. The decrease in amortization 
of covenants not to compete in 1995 as compared to 1994 is a result of the 
double declining balance method of amortization for such intangibles. 
Amortization of customer files in connection with the acquisition of the 
Company by Bain Capital in September 1992, which amounted to $1.7 million in 
1994, was completed in the third quarter of 1994. 

   Depreciation charges in 1995 and 1994 were $1.9 million and $1.2 million, 
respectively. The increase in 1995 resulted principally from (i) depreciation 
in 1995 of assets of eight new store locations opened and (ii) a full year's 
depreciation in 1995 of assets of 11 store locations that were opened in 1994 
as compared to one-half year's depreciation of such assets in 1994. 

                               30           
<PAGE>
   Store pre-opening expenses of $1.1 million and $1.2 million in 1995 and 
1994, respectively, relate principally to eight new store locations opened in 
1995 and 11 new store locations opened in 1994. 

   Net interest expense increased from $27.5 million in 1994 to $30.2 million 
in 1995. This increase was principally due to an increase in the non-cash 
accretion of the Zero Coupon Notes of $1.2 million and higher interest on 
term loan borrowings resulting from a higher average interest rate of 9.5% 
for 1995 as compared to 7.8% for 1994. 

   The net loss for the Company increased by $1.6 million or 9.8% from $16.4 
million in 1994 to $18.1 million in 1995 primarily as a result of a decrease 
in gross profit and an increase in selling, general and administrative 
expenses offset, in part, by a decrease in amortization expense. The 
Company's EBITDA decreased by $3.8 million or 12.2% to $27.4 million in 1995 
compared to $31.2 million in 1994. EBITDA as a percentage of sales declined 
to 8.2% in 1995 from 11.1% in 1994. 

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES 

   On September 30, 1997, the Company entered into the Existing Credit 
Agreement, which provides for, among other things, $65.5 million of term 
loans and up to $30.0 million of revolving loans. As of October 25, 1997, 
outstanding balances thereunder totaled $91.5 million. The Company utilizes 
cash flow from operations, together with borrowings under the revolving 
portion of the Existing Credit Agreement, to fund working capital needs, 
investing activities (consisting primarily of capital expenditures) and 
financing activities (normal debt service requirements, interest payments and 
repayment of term and revolving loans outstanding). Concurrently with the 
consummation of the Refinancing Plan, the Company expects to refinance and 
replace the Existing Credit Agreement with the New Credit Agreement. See 
"Description of Certain Indebtedness--New Credit Agreement." 

   Working capital was $9.9 million and $13.7 million as of December 28, 1996 
and December 30, 1995, respectively, and $29.8 million on September 27, 1997. 
The Company's capital requirements primarily result from opening and stocking 
new stores and from the continuing development of new MIS. The Company's 
ability to open stores in 1996 was limited to a certain degree by liquidity 
considerations. The Company believes that there are significant opportunities 
to open additional stores, and currently plans to open 30 to 40 stores in the 
next two years. The Company expects to spend approximately $16 million in 
1998 on capital expenditures primarily for new and replacement stores. 
Working capital is also required to support inventory for the Company's 
existing stores. Historically, the Company has been able to lease its store 
locations. The Company has experienced a significant increase in accounts 
receivable due to increased pharmacy sales in connection with Third Party 
Plans, as compared to non-Third Party Plan sales which are generally paid by 
cash or credit card. However, the Company believes that it has adequately 
provided for liquidity by entering into a non-recourse factoring arrangement 
whereby the Company sells accounts receivable associated with Third Party 
Plans. 

   For the fiscal year ended December 28, 1996, net cash provided by 
operating activities was $12.6 million, compared to $6.7 million for the 
fiscal year ended December 30, 1995. The primary reasons for this increase 
relate to an increase in operating earnings before the amortization of 
goodwill and other intangibles, depreciation and amortization of property and 
equipment and interest expense, partially offset by a decrease in working 
capital primarily due to a decrease in accounts payable. For the fiscal year 
ended December 28, 1996, net cash used in investing activities was $3.8 
million, compared to $12.8 million for the fiscal year ended December 30, 
1995. This reduction primarily resulted from a decrease in capital 
expenditures and a decrease in systems development costs. For the fiscal year 
ended December 28, 1996, net cash used in financing activities was $10.7 
million, compared to $4.8 million provided by financing activities for the 
fiscal year ended December 30, 1995. This reduction primarily resulted from 
decreased borrowings under the Company's then existing credit facility and a 
decrease in capital lease financing. 

   For the 39 weeks ended September 27, 1997 net cash used in operating 
activities was $3.2 million, compared to $6.7 million provided by operating 
activities during the 39 weeks ended September 28, 1996. The primary reasons 
for this decrease are (i) an increase in inventory and accounts payable 
during the 1997 period, partially offset by an increase in operating 
earnings. The Company's significant increase in inventory resulted from 
management's decision to take advantage of a number of 

                               31           
<PAGE>
forward purchasing opportunities, accumulate inventory in advance of 
additional store openings and seasonal inventory buildup during the 1997 
period. The Company believes that the activities did not and will not 
materially adversely affect the Company's liquidity. For the 39 weeks ended 
September 27, 1997, net cash used in investing activities was $3.9 million, 
compared to $2.9 million for the 39 weeks ended September 28, 1996. This 
increase primarily resulted from an increase in capital expenditures during 
the 1997 period, partially offset by a decrease in the capitalization of 
systems development costs. For the 39 weeks ended September 27, 1997, net 
cash provided by financing activities was $7.1 million, compared to $5.6 
million used in financing activities for the 39 weeks ended September 28, 
1996. This increase primarily resulted from increased borrowings under the 
revolving portion of the Existing Credit Agreement. 

   Leases for eight of the Company's stores that generated approximately 
12.8% of the Company's net sales for the 39 week period ended September 27, 
1997 are scheduled to expire before the end of the year 2000. The Company 
believes that it will be able to renew such leases on economically favorable 
terms or, alternatively, find other economically attractive locations to 
lease. See "Risk Factors--Uncertainty of Lease Renewals." 

   As of September 27, 1997, approximately 1,800 of the Company's 
approximately 2,000 employees were represented by various labor unions and 
were covered by collective bargaining agreements. Pursuant to the terms of 
such collective bargaining agreements, the Company is required to pay certain 
annual increases in salary and benefits to such employees. The Company does 
not believe that such increases will have a material impact on the Company's 
liquidity or results of operations. See "Risk Factors--Collective Bargaining 
Agreements" and "Business--Employees." 

   The net proceeds received by the Company from the Offering, together with 
the net proceeds received by the Company from the Common Stock Offering and 
borrowings under the New Credit Agreement, will be used to complete the 
Refinancing Plan. See "Use of Proceeds." The Refinancing Plan is designed to 
enhance the Company's financial flexibility and enable it to pursue growth 
opportunities and implement capital improvements. The Company expects that 
the Refinancing Plan will reduce the Company's overall level of indebtedness, 
simplify the Company's capital structure and provide it with access to 
additional borrowings. See "Prospectus Summary--Refinancing Plan." 

   Following the implementation of the Refinancing Plan, the Company believes 
that, based on current levels of operations and anticipated growth, cash flow 
from operations, together with other available sources of funds, including 
borrowings under the New Credit Agreement, will be adequate for at least the 
next two years to make required payments of principal and interest on the 
Company's indebtedness (including the New Senior Subordinated Notes), to fund 
anticipated capital expenditures and working capital requirements and to 
comply with the terms of its debt agreements. The ability of the Company to 
meet its debt service obligations and reduce its total debt will be dependent 
upon the future performance of the Company and its subsidiaries which, in 
turn, will be subject to general economic, financial, business, competitive, 
legislative, regulatory and other conditions, certain of which are beyond the 
Company's control. In addition, there can be no assurance that the Company's 
operating results, cash flow and capital resources will be sufficient for 
payment of its indebtedness in the future. The Company expects that 
substantially all of its borrowings under the New Credit Agreement will bear 
interest at floating rates; therefore, the Company's financial condition will 
be affected by the changes in prevailing interest rates. The Company expects 
to enter into interest rate protection agreements to minimize the impact from 
a rise in interest rates. See "Risk Factors--Risks Associated with 
Substantial Indebtedness." 

TAX BENEFITS FROM NET OPERATING LOSSES 

   At September 27, 1997, the Company had net operating loss carryforwards 
("NOLs") of approximately $71.0 million, which are due to expire in the years 
2007 through 2012. These NOLs may be used to offset future taxable income 
through 2012 and thereby reduce or eliminate the Company's federal income 
taxes otherwise payable. The Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the 
"Code"), imposes significant limitations on the utilization of NOLs in the 
event of an "ownership change," as defined in section 382 of the Code (the 
"Section 382 Limitation"). The Section 382 Limitation is an annual limitation 
on the amount of pre-ownership change NOLs that a corporation may use to 
offset its post-ownership change income. The Section 382 Limitation is 
calculated by multiplying the value of a corporation's stock 

                               32           
<PAGE>
immediately before an ownership change by the long-term tax-exempt rate (as 
published by the Internal Revenue Service). Generally, an ownership change 
occurs with respect to a corporation if the aggregate increase in the 
percentage of stock ownership (by value) of that corporation by one or more 
5% shareholders (including certain groups of shareholders who in the 
aggregate own at least 5% of that corporation's stock) exceeds 50 percentage 
points over a three-year testing period. The Recapitalization caused the 
Company to experience an ownership change. As a result, the Company currently 
is subject to an annual Section 382 Limitation of approximately $5.0 million 
on the amount of NOLs generated prior to the Recapitalization that the 
Company may utilize to offset future taxable income. In addition, the Company 
believes that it will generate approximately $42.0 million of NOLs in 
connection with the Refinancing Plan. Such NOLs will not be subject to the 
Section 382 Limitation and may be utilized to offset future taxable income. 
However, there can be no assurance that any NOLs will be able to be utilized 
by the Company to offset future taxable income or that such NOLs will not 
become subject to limitation due to future ownership changes. The Company 
does not believe that the Common Stock Offering will result in an ownership 
change. 

YEAR 2000 COMPLIANCE 

   The Company has several computer software systems which will require 
modification or upgrading to accomodate the year 2000 and thereafter. The 
Company believes that all systems can be changed by the end of 1999 and does 
not expect the cost of the changes to be material to the Company's financial 
condition or results of operations. 

SEASONALITY 

   In general, sales of drugstore items such as prescription drugs, OTC drugs 
and health and beauty care products exhibit limited seasonality in the 
aggregate, but do vary by product category. Quarterly results are primarily 
affected by the timing of new store openings and the sale of seasonal 
products. In view of the Company's recent expansion of seasonal 
merchandising, the Company expects slightly greater revenue sensitivity 
relating to seasonality in the future. 

INFLATION 

   The Company believes that inflation has not had a material impact on 
results of operations for the Company during the three years ended December 
28, 1996 and the 39 weeks ended September 27, 1997. 

RECENTLY ISSUED ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS 

   In February 1997, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued SFAS No. 
128, "Earnings per Share," which requires the presentation of basic and 
diluted earnings per share in a company's financial statements for reporting 
periods ending subsequent to December 15, 1997. Early adoption of SFAS No. 
128 is not permitted. The adoption of SFAS No. 128 is not expected to have a 
material impact on the Company's consolidated financial statements. 

   As of September 27, 1997, there were outstanding options to purchase an 
aggregate of 1,126,731 shares of Common Stock, which shares are not included 
in the calculation of earnings per share for the 39 weeks ended September 27, 
1997 and would not be included in such calculation under the guidance 
prescribed by SFAS No. 128 because of the anti-dilutive nature of these 
instruments. 

                               33           
<PAGE>
                               BUSINESS 

THE DRUGSTORE INDUSTRY 

   The U.S. drugstore industry generated approximately $91 billion of retail 
sales in 1996 according to Drug Store News. The industry has experienced 
strong and steady growth, having expanded at a 6.2% compound annual rate over 
the ten years through 1996. The industry is expected to continue to grow as 
the aging of the population drives long-term demand growth for prescription 
drugs. The Company believes that prescription drug use generally rises with 
age. In addition to these positive demographic trends, the shift to 
increasing use of Third Party Plans is increasing overall prescription drug 
usage. Third Party Plans tend to favor lower cost drug therapies over 
alternative treatment methods such as surgery or in-hospital treatment. 
Additionally, by reducing the out-of-pocket expense to the consumer and by 
improving patients' compliance for prescription drug use, Third Party Plans 
have helped increase unit growth in prescription drugs. 

   In recent years, the drugstore industry has experienced significant 
consolidation, as national chains have gained market share from independent 
operators. According to Drug Store News, the number of drugstores has fallen 
from approximately 54,000 in 1990 to approximately 40,000 in 1996. The share 
of industry sales represented by independent drugstores (i.e., operators of 
less than four stores) has fallen from 35% in 1991 to 24% in 1996. Over the 
last ten years, sales at chain drugstores such as Duane Reade have grown at a 
compound annual rate of 8.4% compared to the industry average of 6.2%. 

   The increased role of Third Party Plans has contributed significantly to 
industry consolidation. According to IMS America, pharmacy business 
attributable to Third Party Plans as a percentage of total pharmacy sales has 
risen to 67% in 1996 from 37% in 1990. Third Party Plans typically require 
drugstores to enter into contracts with third party payors (such as insurance 
plans, HMOs, preferred-provider organizations ("PPOs") and other managed care 
providers) to provide prescription drugs at specified rates of reimbursement 
for their membership. Although sales to customers covered by Third Party 
Plans typically result in lower gross margins compared to cash sales, 
management believes that the lower gross margins are offset by the increased 
volume of pharmacy sales generated by such Third Party Plans. Drugstore 
chains such as the Company, which have high penetration within their markets 
and are able to handle the payment processing of such Third Party Plans, are 
better able to service the customers of the Third Party Plans and are 
therefore gaining market share in the sale of prescription drugs from 
independent drugstores and small chains. 

   Third Party Plans typically seek to form alliances with drugstore chains 
in order to benefit from the chains' multiple locations and to take advantage 
of on-line management information systems that facilitate claims processing. 
Management believes that penetration of Third Party Plans in Manhattan has 
historically lagged behind the penetration of such Third Party Plans in the 
rest of the United States because until 1994, neither Duane Reade nor most of 
Manhattan's independent drugstores aggressively pursued alliances with Third 
Party Plans. The Company believes that its extensive network of conveniently 
located stores, strong local market position, pricing policies and reputation 
for high quality health care products and services provide Duane Reade with a 
competitive advantage in attracting business from individual customers as 
well as Third Party Plans. While management believes that Third Party Plans 
have grown significantly in Manhattan since 1994, it still remains relatively 
less penetrated than the rest of the country. The Company believes that as 
Third Party Plans continue to penetrate the Manhattan market, the number of 
independent drugstores will decline due to competitive pressures. 

GENERAL 

   Duane Reade is the largest drugstore chain in New York City, based on 
sales volume, with 58 of its 67 stores located in Manhattan's high-traffic 
business and residential districts. The Company operates almost twice as many 
stores in Manhattan as its next largest competitor. Since opening its first 
store in 1960, the Company has successfully executed a marketing and 
operating strategy tailored to the unique characteristics of New York City, 
the largest and most densely populated market in the United States. According 
to Drug Store News, Duane Reade is the leading drugstore chain in the United 
States in terms 

                               34           
<PAGE>
of sales per square foot, at $956 per square foot in 1996, which was more 
than two times the national average for drugstore chains. For the fiscal year 
ended December 28, 1996, the Company had sales of $381.5 million and EBITDA 
of $35.3 million, increases of 13.2% and 28.6%, respectively, over the 1995 
fiscal year. For the 39 weeks ended September 27, 1997, the Company had sales 
of $313.8 million and EBITDA of $29.7 million, increases of 11.6% and 24.9%, 
respectively, over the comparable 1996 period. For the fiscal year ended 
December 28, 1996 and the 39 week period ended September 27, 1997, the 
Company had net losses of $17.9 million and $14.2 million, respectively and, 
on a pro forma basis, after giving effect to the Offering and the Refinancing 
Plan, would have had net losses of $5.3 million and $3.8 million, 
respectively, for such periods. 

   The Company enjoys strong brand name recognition in New York City, which 
it believes results from the Company's many locations in high-traffic areas 
of Manhattan and the 30 million shopping bags with the distinctive Duane 
Reade logo that the Company distributes annually. An independent survey 
conducted in 1996 indicated that approximately 84% of the people who live or 
work in Manhattan recognize the Duane Reade name, and seven out of ten 
shopped at a Duane Reade store in the past twelve months. The Company was 
also recently named "Regional Drug Store Chain of the Year" for 1997 by Drug 
Store News. 

   The Company has developed an operating strategy designed to capitalize on 
the unique characteristics of the New York City market, which include 
high-traffic volume, complex distribution logistics and high costs of 
occupancy, media advertising and personnel. The key elements of the Company's 
operating strategy are its (i) everyday low price format and broad product 
offering, (ii) low cost operating structure supported by its high volume 
stores and low advertising and distribution costs and (iii) ability to design 
and operate its stores in a wide variety of sizes and layouts. 

   The Company believes that its everyday low price format and broad product 
offerings provide value and convenience for its customers and build customer 
loyalty. The Company's everyday low price format results in prices that the 
Company believes are, on average, lower than the prices offered by its 
competitors. 

   The Company is able to keep its operating costs relatively low due to its 
high per store sales volume, low warehouse and distribution costs and low 
advertising expenditures. The Company's high volume stores allow it to 
effectively leverage occupancy costs, payroll and other store operating 
expenses. The Company's two primary distribution facilities are located 
within five miles of all but one of its 67 stores and, combined with the 
rapid turnover of inventory in Duane Reade's stores, result in relatively low 
warehouse and distribution costs. The Company's strong brand name recognition 
in New York City and everyday low price format allow the Company to minimize 
its use of costly media and print advertising and to rely instead on 
in-window displays and other less expensive promotional activities. 

   The Company has demonstrated its ability to successfully operate stores 
using a wide variety of store configurations and sizes, which the Company 
believes is necessary to succeed in the New York City market. For example, 
the size of the Company's stores ranges from 2,600 to 12,300 square feet, and 
it operates 29 bi-level stores. The Company believes that its flexibility in 
configuring stores provides it with a competitive advantage in securing 
locations for its new stores, as many of its competitors target more 
standarized spaces for their stores, which are more difficult to find in New 
York City. In addition, the Company's management team has extensive 
experience and knowledge of the New York City real estate market, allowing it 
to aggressively pursue attractive real estate opportunities. 

   The Company's predecessor was founded in 1960. In 1992, Bain Capital 
acquired the Company from its founders and, in June 1997, investment funds 
affiliated with DLJMBPII acquired approximately 91.5% of the outstanding 
capital stock of the Company from Bain Capital and certain other selling 
securityholders. Since the 1992 acquisition, the Company has incurred net 
losses in each fiscal year. 

   In 1994 and 1995 the Company experienced rapid expansion, growing from 40 
stores to 59 stores. However, as a result of liquidity constraints and the 
need for improved inventory controls, the Company was forced to suspend its 
store expansion program in late 1995. In early 1996, a strengthened 
management team led by Anthony Cuti, the Company's new Chairman and Chief 
Executive Officer, took several 

                               35           
<PAGE>
measures to improve operations, including improving inventory controls and 
decreasing out-of-stock occurrences, creating a loss prevention function to 
control inventory shrink and continuing to invest in MIS. In 1997, the 
Company resumed its store expansion program, opening seven stores in 1997. 
During Mr. Cuti's tenure at the Company, EBITDA has increased by 53.2% from 
$26.9 million for the 52 weeks ended March 29, 1996 to $41.2 million for the 
52 weeks ended September 27, 1997, and the Company experienced net losses of 
$19.8 million and $19.5 million the 52 weeks ended March 29, 1996 and the 52 
weeks ended September 27, 1997, respectively. Net loss before non-recurring 
charges for the 52 weeks ended September 27, 1997 was $8.6 million. 

GROWTH STRATEGY 

   The Company believes that, as a result of its successful operating history 
and market position in New York City, it is well positioned to capitalize on 
the growth opportunities in its market. The Company's strategy for continued 
growth is to (i) open additional stores in Manhattan and the surrounding 
boroughs, (ii) continue to capitalize on favorable pharmacy trends, (iii) 
make opportunistic acquisitions of independent drugstores and pharmacy files 
and (iv) continue to implement merchandising initiatives in non-pharmacy 
areas. 

   Open Additional Stores. The Company believes that the Manhattan drugstore 
market remains underpenetrated by drugstore chains, with only 50% of the 
estimated $2.65 billion in annual drugstore-related sales controlled by 
regional or national chains, compared to approximately 74% controlled by 
chains nationally. This provides significant opportunities for the Company to 
open additional stores in Manhattan as well as in the densely populated areas 
of the surrounding boroughs. Some of the Company's most successful stores 
have been opened in areas new to the Company, such as the residential areas 
of the Upper East and West sides of Manhattan, Brooklyn, the Bronx and 
Queens. The Company believes that its long-standing presence in, and 
knowledge of, the New York City real estate market, combined with the use of 
a proprietary site selection model that considers numerous demographic and 
traffic flow variables, have allowed it to identify attractive store 
locations. Since 1993, all of the Company's new stores have become profitable 
on an operating basis (i.e., prior to allocation of corporate expenses, 
goodwill amortization, interest expense and income taxes) within the first 
full year of operation. Over the next two years, the Company plans to open 
approximately 30 to 40 stores, primarily in New York City. See "Risk 
Factors--Risks Associated with Future Growth." 

   Continue to Capitalize on Favorable Pharmacy Trends. Sales of prescription 
and OTC drugs have been growing rapidly throughout the drugstore industry. 
The Company expects demographic trends, such as the aging of the U.S. 
population, and industry changes, such as growth of Third Party Plans, to 
continue to drive increases in the prescription and OTC drug businesses. 
Since 1994, the Company has focused on increasing its pharmacy sales by 
entering into agreements to service Third Party Plans and by upgrading the 
appearance and service level of its store pharmacies. While sales to 
customers covered by Third Party Plans result in lower gross profit margins 
due to competitive pricing, the Company believes that such lower margins are 
offset by the increased volume of pharmacy sales and the opportunity to 
leverage fixed expenses. The Company believes that its initiatives, which are 
designed to capitalize on industry trends, have resulted in the Company's 
pharmacy sales growing at an annual rate of approximately 30% since 1994. 
Although these initiatives have helped increase the average number of 
prescriptions filled by Duane Reade per store per week from 640 in 1994 to 
865 during 1997, the Company's average remains well below the national 
industry chain store average of approximately 1,200, providing significant 
opportunity for continued pharmacy growth. The Company believes that 
continued pharmacy growth will increase overall customer traffic, thereby 
also benefitting its non-pharmacy sales. 

   Make Opportunistic Acquisitions of Independent Drugstores and Pharmacy 
Files. The Company believes that the growth of Third Party Plans and the 
continued penetration of chain drugstores such as Duane Reade have put 
increasing pressure on the approximately 1,400 independent drugstores in New 
York City. When appropriate, the Company considers acquiring small local 
chains or independent drugstores. The Company also pursues the purchase of 
pharmacy files of independent drugstores when such purchases are economically 
attractive to the Company. The pharmacy files of independent pharmacists tend 
to have a higher proportion of prescriptions not covered by Third Party 
Plans, which 

                               36           
<PAGE>
generate incremental revenue and higher margins. When appropriate, the 
Company retains the services of the pharmacist, whose personal relationship 
with the customers generally maximizes the retention rate of the purchased 
file. In 1997, the Company acquired one independent drugstore and seven such 
pharmacy files and intends to aggressively pursue additional purchases. 

   Continue to Implement Merchandising Initiatives in Non-Pharmacy 
Areas. Management has recently undertaken a number of merchandising 
initiatives, including the expansion of certain high-margin categories such 
as greeting cards, cosmetics, vitamins, photofinishing and photo supplies and 
an expanded seasonal merchandising program. The Company also continues to 
focus on category management, which it believes will improve gross margins 
and increase non-pharmacy sales. For example, in 1997 the Company introduced 
one-hour photofinishing service in three of its stores and intends to 
introduce one-hour photofinishing service in approximately seven to ten 
additional stores in 1998. The Company has also increased its emphasis on the 
sale of its own private label products, which it believes provide a 
high-quality, lower priced alternative to name brand products while 
generating higher gross profit margins than name brand products. In addition, 
in the fourth quarter of 1997, Duane Reade completed its installation of POS 
scanners in all of its stores and, by the end of the first quarter of 1998, 
will have completed its planogramming initiative in all of its stores. These 
systems and initiatives will allow the Company to better analyze sales trends 
and merchandise its stores more effectively, which the Company believes will 
ultimately increase its sales and profitability. 

COMPANY OPERATIONS 

   Merchandising. Duane Reade's overall merchandising strategy is to provide 
the broadest selection of branded and private label drugstore products 
available in Manhattan and to sell them at everyday low prices. To further 
enhance customer service and loyalty, the Company attempts to maintain a 
consistent in-stock position in all merchandise categories. In addition to 
prescription and OTC drugs, the Company offers health and beauty aids, food 
and beverage items, tobacco products, cosmetics, housewares, hosiery, 
greeting cards, photofinishing, photo supplies, seasonal merchandise and 
other products. Health and beauty care products, including OTC drugs, 
represent the largest of the Company's product categories. Duane Reade 
drugstores offer a wide variety of brand name and private label products, 
including oral, skin and hair care products, bath supplies, vitamins and 
nutritional supplements, feminine hygiene products, family planning products 
and baby care products. Popular brands of health and beauty aids are given 
ample shelf space, and large sizes are offered, which the Company believes 
appeals to the value consciousness of many Manhattan consumers. Convenience 
items such as candy, snacks and seasonal goods are positioned near the check 
out registers to provide optimum convenience and stimulate impulse purchases 
for the customers while allowing the store employees to monitor those product 
categories that are particularly susceptible to inventory shrink. 

   In addition to the wide array of name brand products offered in its 
stores, the Company offers its own private label products. Private label 
products provide customers with high-quality, lower priced alternatives to 
name brand products while generating higher gross profit margins than name 
brand products. These offerings also enhance Duane Reade's reputation as a 
value-oriented store. The Company currently offers approximately 400 private 
label products. In 1996, these private label products accounted for 
approximately 4.6% of non-pharmacy sales. The Company believes that its 
strong brand image, reputation for quality and reliability in the New York 
City market, and its economies of scale in purchasing allow it to 
aggressively promote private label goods. 

   The Company has recently made efforts to increase the sales of certain 
high-margin items, such as cosmetics, greeting cards and photofinishing. In 
1996, the Company completed the remodeling of the cosmetics sections in 19 
stores, which resulted in an approximately 23% increase in cosmetic sales in 
those stores with no increase in linear footage. In the greeting cards 
category, the Company increased seasonal selection and reformatted the card 
section in many of its stores, resulting in a 26% increase in greeting card 
sales in 1996 compared to 1995. Other merchandising initiatives completed 
during 1996 include an expanded selection of seasonal merchandise, vitamins, 
nutrition products and baby accessories, particularly in stores located in 
residential areas. The Company believes there are additional opportunities to 
continue to refine and improve the merchandise mix in its stores. 

                               37           
<PAGE>
   The Company also offers same-day photofinishing services in all of its 
stores and has recently introduced one-hour photofinishing in three stores. 
In 1998, the Company expects to introduce one-hour photofinishing in seven to 
ten additional stores. Management believes that photofinishing services 
contribute significantly to sales of other merchandise categories because of 
customer traffic increases that result from the customer visiting a store 
twice, in order to drop off film and pick up the processed photos. 

   Pharmacy. The Company believes that its pharmacy business will continue to 
contribute significantly to the Company's growth. Management also believes 
that a larger and stronger pharmacy business will enhance customer loyalty 
and generate incremental customer traffic, which is expected to increase 
sales of Duane Reade's wide variety of OTC drugs and other non-pharmacy 
merchandise. Duane Reade significantly grew its prescription drug sales in 
1996 as reflected by its same-store pharmacy sales increase of 25.5% during 
1996 compared to 1995 and an increase of 25.4% for the 39 week period ended 
September 27, 1997 compared to the same period in 1996. Sales of prescription 
and OTC drugs represented approximately 35% of total sales in 1996 as 
compared with 33% of total sales in 1995 and approximately 38% of total sales 
for the 39 week period ended September 27, 1997. Although the average number 
of prescriptions filled by Duane Reade per store per week has increased from 
640 in 1994 to 865 during 1997, the Company's average remains well below the 
industry chain store average of approximately 1,200, providing significant 
opportunity for continued pharmacy growth. The Company believes that the 
average number of prescriptions filled per week by it lags behind the 
industry average because of (i) the historically low penetration of Third 
Party Plans in the New York City area and (ii) the Company's concentration of 
stores in business areas, rather than residential areas. The Company believes 
continued pharmacy growth will also increase overall customer traffic and 
benefit its non-pharmacy sales. 

   The Company generally locates the pharmacy at the rear of the store in 
order to maximize the pharmacy customer's exposure to other categories of 
merchandise in the front of the store. Each pharmacy is staffed with a 
registered pharmacist and a drug clerk at all times to ensure quick and high 
quality service. Each store carries a complete line of both branded and 
generic prescription drugs. In 1996, the Company began a program to upgrade 
the quality of its pharmacy service. The Company believes that this 
initiative has contributed to its strong growth in pharmacy sales and should 
continue to benefit the Company as customer loyalty builds in response to 
improved service levels. 

   In addition to customer service initiatives in its pharmacy business, the 
Company has remodeled or redesigned 16 of its pharmacies since the beginning 
of 1996. This remodeling, which has primarily involved updating the pharmacy 
counter area to allow pharmacists and customers to have more direct contact 
and providing a consultation and waiting area for customers, has not resulted 
in any significant reduction in total retail selling space. By improving the 
store layout and accessibility of the pharmacist and pharmacy area, the 
stores that have been remodeled have achieved strong growth in their pharmacy 
business. All stores opened since 1995 have the new pharmacy counter area 
design. The Company currently operates 24 such stores. The Company has also 
launched pharmacy marketing initiatives, such as home delivery and 
prescription-by-fax services, which it believes have contributed to the 
increased sales and customer loyalty of the pharmacy business. 

   The Company believes that its extensive network of conveniently located 
stores, strong local market position, pricing policies and reputation for 
high quality health care products and services provide it with a competitive 
advantage in attracting pharmacy business from individual customers as well 
as Third Party Plans. The percentage of the Company's total prescription drug 
sales attributable to Third Party Plans increased to approximately 64% in 
1996 from approximately 58% in 1995, and to approximately 73% for the 39 week 
period ended September 27, 1997. Although gross margins on sales to Third 
Party Plans are generally lower than other prescription drug sales because of 
the highly competitive nature of pricing for this business and the purchasing 
power of Third Party Plans, management believes that the lower gross profit 
margins are offset by the higher volume of pharmacy sales to Third Party Plan 
customers allowing the Company to leverage other fixed store operating 
expenses. In addition, the Company believes that Third Party Plans generate 
additional general merchandise sales by increasing customer traffic in the 
stores. As of September 27, 1997, the Company had contracts with over 100 
Third-Party Plans, including every major Third Party Plan in the Company's 
market areas. 

                               38           
<PAGE>
   Another important component of the Company's pharmacy growth strategy is 
the continued acquisition of prescription files from independent pharmacies 
in market areas currently served by existing Company stores. In 1997, the 
Company purchased the prescription files of eight independent pharmacies for 
an aggregate total of $830,000, which generated approximately $7 million in 
revenues on an annualized basis. Independent pharmacists tend to have a 
higher proportion of customers that are not Third Party Plans, which provide 
the Company with incremental revenue and higher margin contribution. When 
appropriate, the Company will retain the services of the pharmacist, whose 
personal relationship with the customers generally maximizes the retention 
rate of the purchased file. Since 1995, the Company has experienced an 
estimated 80% customer retention rate with respect to prescription files 
acquired. Presently, there are approximately 1,400 independent pharmacies in 
New York City, and the Company believes that these stores will provide 
additional acquisition opportunities in the future. 

   The Company's pharmacies employ computer systems that link all of the 
Company's pharmacies and enable them to provide customers with a broad range 
of services. The Company's pharmacy computer network profiles customer 
medical and other relevant information, supplies customers with information 
concerning their drug purchases for income tax and insurance purposes and 
prepares prescription labels and receipts. The computer network also 
expedites transactions with Third Party Plans by electronically transmitting 
prescription information directly to the Third Party Plan and providing 
on-line adjudication, which confirms at the time of sale customer 
eligibility, prescription coverage and pricing and co-payment requirements 
and automatically bills the respective plan. On-line adjudication reduces 
losses from rejected claims and eliminates a portion of the Company's 
paperwork for billing and collection of receivables and costs associated 
therewith. 

   Store Operations. The majority of the Company's stores are located in the 
business and residential areas of Manhattan, the most densely populated area 
in the United States. The Company's operations have been tailored to handle 
high-volume customer traffic. During 1996, an average Duane Reade store 
served approximately 2,500 customers per weekday, and 700 customers during 
each of the peak lunch and commuting periods of the day. Some of the 
Company's stores may operate up to 25 registers during peak demand periods. 

   Duane Reade stores range in size from 2,600 to 12,300 square feet, with an 
average of 6,800 square feet. The Company's stores are designed to facilitate 
customer movement and to minimize inventory shrink. The Company believes that 
its wide, straight aisles and well-stocked shelves allow customers to find 
merchandise easily and allow the store's employees (managers, security 
guards, cashiers and stock clerks) to effectively monitor customer behavior. 
The Company attempts to group merchandise logically in order to enable 
customers to locate items quickly and to stimulate impulse purchases. 

   In 1996, the Company began planogramming its stores by using a 
computerized space management system to design each store's layout and 
product displays. The system seeks to maximize productivity per square foot 
of selling space, maintain consistency in merchandising and reduce inventory 
levels. To date, 34 stores have been designed by the system. Management 
believes that the Company's remaining stores will be planogrammed by the end 
of the first quarter of 1998. As a result, the Company believes that it has 
yet to realize the full benefits from this system. 

   The Company establishes each store's hours of operations in an attempt to 
best serve customer traffic patterns and purchase habits and to optimize 
store labor productivity. Stores in Manhattan's business districts are 
generally open five days a week. In residential and appropriate 
business/shopping districts, stores are open six or seven days a week with a 
heavy emphasis on convenient, early morning and late evening openings. In 
1997, the Company had seven stores which were open 24 hours a day, 365 days a 
year. The Company intends to continue to identify stores in which extended 
operating hours would improve customer service and convenience and contribute 
to the Company's profitability. Each store is supervised by one store manager 
and one or more assistant store managers. Stores are supplied by deliveries 
from the Company's warehouses in Queens an average of three times a week, 
allowing the stores to maintain a high in-stock position, maximize store 
selling space and minimize inventory required to be held on hand. 

                               39           
<PAGE>
   The Company attempts to mitigate inventory shrink through (i) the 
employment of full time security guards in each store, (ii) the use of a 
state-of-the-art Electronic Article Surveillance ("EAS") system that detects 
unremoved EAS tags on valuable or easily concealed merchandise and (iii) 
merchandise delivery and stocking during non-peak hours. Additionally, all 
store and warehouse employees are trained to monitor inventory shrink, and 
the Company uses outside consulting services to monitor employee behavior. 
Recently, the Company hired a full-time team of loss prevention professionals 
and established an anonymous call-in line to allow employees to report 
instances of theft. The Company also instituted ongoing audits of warehouse 
picking and receiving and an anonymous reward line for the reporting of 
theft. The Company believes that these programs have enabled it to control 
inventory shrink and will enable it to continue to do so. 

   Purchasing and Distribution. The Company purchases approximately 82% of 
its merchandise directly from manufacturers. The Company distributes 
approximately 84% of its merchandise through the Company's warehouses and 
receives direct-to-store deliveries for approximately 16% of its purchases. 
Direct-to-store deliveries are made for pharmaceuticals, greeting cards, 
photofinishing, convenience foods and beverages. The Company purchases from 
over 1,000 vendors. The Company believes that there are ample sources of 
supply for the merchandise currently sold in its stores. The Company manages 
its purchasing through a combination of forward buying, national buying and 
vendor discount ("deal") buying in ways in which it believes maximizes its 
buying power. For example, the Company uses a computerized forecasting and 
investment program that is designed to determine optimal forward buying 
quantities before an announced or anticipated price increase has been 
implemented. By forward buying, the Company stocks up on regularly carried 
items when manufacturers temporarily reduce the cost of goods or when a price 
increase has been announced or is anticipated. 

   The Company operates two warehouses, which are located within five miles 
of all but one of its stores. The Company's primary warehouse contains 
approximately 150,000 square feet devoted to inventory. The Company believes 
that the close proximity of the warehouses to the stores allows the Company 
to supply the stores frequently, thereby minimizing inventory and maximizing 
distribution economies. The Company also owns a fleet of trucks and vans, 
which it uses for all deliveries from the warehouses to the stores. 

ADVERTISING AND PROMOTION 

   The Company regularly promotes key items at reduced retail prices during 
four-week promotional periods. Store windows and in-store signs are utilized 
to communicate savings and value to shoppers. Additionally, over 30 million 
bags with the highly recognizable Duane Reade logo are used by its customers 
each year, helping to promote the Company's name throughout New York City. 
The Company also utilizes full color circulars to announce new stores and 
heavily circulates them in local areas to attract customers. Typically, a new 
store sells one to two times its regular volume during a grand opening 
promotion, which generally lasts two to three weeks. The Company generally 
does not rely heavily on the use of print or broadcast media to promote its 
stores. Rather, because of its many high-traffic locations, the Company 
typically relies on in-window displays as its primary method of advertising. 
In 1997, the Company began using radio advertising. The radio advertising 
focuses on the Company's pharmacy business, highlighting services enhanced by 
the modern pharmacy computer system, pharmacist accessibility and enhanced 
convenience. 

                               40           
<PAGE>
PROPERTIES; LEASES 

   As of November 25, 1997, the Company is operating stores in the following 
locations: 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 LOCATION             TOTAL 
<S>                 <C>
Manhattan, NY .....     58 
Brooklyn, NY ......      4 
Bronx, NY .........      2 
Queens, NY ........      2 
Newark, NJ ........      1 
                    --------- 
  Total ...........     67 
</TABLE>

   Store leases are generally for 15 year terms. The average year of 
expiration for all the Company's leases is 2006. Lease rates are generally 
subject only to increases based on inflation, real estate tax increases or 
maintenance cost increases. The following table sets forth the lease 
expiration dates of the Company's leased stores over each of the next five 
years and thereafter. Of the stores with leases expiring in the next five 
years, four have renewal options. See "Risk Factors--Uncertainty of Lease 
Renewals." 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                      NUMBER OF 
YEAR               LEASES EXPIRING 
<S>                <C>
1997 ...........           0 
1998 ...........           3 
1999 ...........           1 
2000 ...........           4 
2001 ...........           0 
Thereafter .....          59 
</TABLE>

   The Company owns a distribution facility and related land in Long Island 
City, New York. The building contains approximately 150,000 square feet of 
space, all of which is used for warehousing and distribution. The Company 
also leases a 50,000 square foot distribution facility in Maspeth, New York, 
which is only one mile from the Long Island City facility. The Company leases 
space for its corporate headquarters, which is located in Manhattan. 

MANAGEMENT INFORMATION SYSTEMS 

   The Company currently has modern pharmacy and inventory management 
information systems. In 1996, the Company completed the installation of a 
host-based, modern pharmacy information system. The pharmacy information 
system (PDX) has reduced the processing time for electronic reimbursement 
approval for prescriptions from Third Party Plan providers from 50 seconds to 
seven seconds, and the inventory management information systems (JDA 
merchandising and E3 replenishment) have allowed the Company to increase 
inventory turns in the warehouses from 11 to 13 per year. In early 1997, the 
Company began the process of installing POS systems in its stores. The 
Company believes that these systems will allow the Company to better control 
pricing, inventory and shrink, while maximizing the benefits derived from the 
other parts of its systems installation program. POS will also provide sales 
analysis that will enable the Company to improve labor scheduling, and will 
help optimize planogram design by allowing detailed analysis of 
stock-keeping-unit ("SKU") sales. The installation of the Company's POS 
systems was completed in December 1997. Additionally, the Company has 
upgraded its financial reporting systems and installed local and wide area 
networks to facilitate the transfer of data between systems and from the 
stores to headquarters. 

COMPETITION 

   The Company's stores compete on the basis of, among other things, 
convenience of location and store layout, product mix, selection, customer 
service and price. The New York City drugstore market is highly fragmented 
due to the complexities and costs of doing business in the most densely 
populated area of the country. The diverse labor pool, local customer needs 
and complex real estate market in New York City 

                               41           
<PAGE>
all favor regional chains and independent drugstores that are familiar with 
the market. Duane Reade's store format is designed to meet the unique needs 
of the New York City market and has proven successful in both the business 
and residential neighborhoods of Manhattan. 

   Because of the difficulties of operating in a densely populated area, the 
New York City drugstore market remains under-penetrated by national chains as 
compared to the rest of the country. According to industry sources, 
approximately 74% of the nationwide drugstore market was controlled by 
chains, while in New York City that number was approximately 50%. There can 
be no assurance that such underpenetration will continue. 

   Duane Reade believes that it has significant competitive advantages over 
the approximately 1,400 independent drugstores in New York City, including 
purchasing economies of scale, centrally located warehouses that minimize 
store inventory and maximize selling space, a full line of in stock, brand 
name merchandise and a convenient store format. Major chain competitors in 
the New York City market include Rite-Aid, Genovese and CVS. See "Risk 
Factors--Competition." 

GOVERNMENT REGULATION 

   Duane Reade's stores and its distribution facilities are registered with 
the federal DEA and are subject to various state and local licensing 
requirements. Each of Duane Reade's pharmacies and pharmacists located in New 
York are licensed by the State of New York. The pharmacy and pharmacists 
employed at Duane Reade's store in Newark, New Jersey are licensed by the 
State of New Jersey. In addition, Duane Reade has been granted cigarette tax 
stamping licenses from the State of New York and from the City of New York, 
which permit Duane Reade to buy cigarettes directly from the manufacturers 
and stamp the cigarettes themselves. Duane Reade's stores possess cigarette 
tax retail dealers licenses issued by the State of New York, the City of New 
York and the State of New Jersey. See "Risk Factors--Regulatory Matters." 

EMPLOYEES 

   As of September 27, 1997, Duane Reade had approximately 2,000 employees, 
almost all of whom were full-time. Approximately 1,800 of the Company's 2,000 
employees are represented by unions. Non-union employees include employees at 
corporate headquarters and store management. The Company's distribution 
facility employees are represented by the International Brotherhood of 
Teamsters, Chauffeurs and Warehousemen and Helpers of America, Local 815, and 
all store employees are represented by the Allied Trade Council. Duane 
Reade's three year contracts with these two unions expire on August 31, 1999 
and August 31, 1998, respectively. Duane Reade believes that its relations 
with its employees are good. See "Risk Factors--Collective Bargaining 
Agreements." 

TRADEMARKS 

   The name "Duane Reade" and the "DR" logo are registered trademarks. The 
Company believes that it has developed strong brand awareness within the New 
York City area. As a result, the Company regards the Duane Reade logo as a 
valuable asset. 

LEGAL PROCEEDINGS 

   The Company is a party to certain legal actions arising in the ordinary 
course of business. Based on information presently available to the Company, 
the Company believes that it has adequate legal defenses or insurance 
coverage for these actions and that the ultimate outcome of these actions 
will not have a material adverse effect on the Company. 

                               42           
<PAGE>
                                  MANAGEMENT 

DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS 

   The following table sets forth the directors and executive officers of the 
Company: 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
         NAME          AGE                       POSITION 
<S>                     <C> <C>
Anthony J. Cuti  ....   51  Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and President 
William Tennant  ....   50  Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer 
Gary Charboneau  ....   53  Senior Vice President--Sales and Merchandising 
Jerry M. Ray ........   50  Senior Vice President--Store Operations 
Nicole S. Arnaboldi     39  Director 
David L. Jaffe.......   39  Director 
Andrew J. Nathanson .   40  Director 
</TABLE>

   Two additional directors will be elected by the Board of Directors 
following the completion of the Offering. 

   ANTHONY J. CUTI has been Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of the 
Company since April 1996. Prior to joining the Company, Mr. Cuti served as 
President and as a member of the Board of Directors of Supermarkets General 
and Pathmark from 1993 to 1996 and, prior to being named President of 
Supermarkets General and Pathmark, Mr. Cuti was Executive Vice President and 
Chief Financial Officer of Supermarkets General. From 1984 to 1990, he was 
the Chief Financial Officer of the Bristol-Myers International Group of the 
Bristol-Myers Company and prior to that was employed by the Revlon 
Corporation. 

   WILLIAM TENNANT has been Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer 
of the Company since February 1997. Prior to joining the Company, Mr. Tennant 
was Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Tops Appliance City, 
a consumer electronics retailer, from 1993 to 1996. From 1986 to 1993, Mr. 
Tennant served as Vice President and Controller for the Great Atlantic & 
Pacific Tea Company. 

   GARY CHARBONEAU has been Senior Vice President in charge of Sales and 
Merchandising of the Company since February 1993. Prior to joining the 
Company, Mr. Charboneau held various positions at CVS, a retail drugstore 
chain, from 1978 to February 1993, most recently as Executive Vice President. 

   JERRY M. RAY has been Senior Vice President in charge of Store Operations 
since July 1996 and served as Vice President of Pharmacy Operations from 
April 1995 to June 1996. From 1991 to 1994, Mr. Ray served as President and 
CEO of Begley Drugstores, Inc. 

   NICOLE S. ARNABOLDI has been a Director of the Company since June 1997. 
Ms. Arnaboldi is a Managing Director of DLJMB. She joined the DLJ Merchant 
Banking Group in March 1993 after six years with The Sprout Group, DLJ's 
venture capital affiliate. 

   DAVID L. JAFFE has been a Director of the Company since June 1997. Mr. 
Jaffe is a Managing Director of DLJMB. Mr. Jaffe joined DLJ Merchant Banking 
in 1984 and became a Managing Director in 1995. He currently sits on the 
Board of Directors of each of EZ Buy and EZ Sell Recycler Corporation, OHA 
Financial, Inc., OSF, Inc., Terra Nova Group, Pharmaceutical Fine Chemicals 
SA and Brand Scaffold Services, Inc. 

   ANDREW J. NATHANSON has been a Director of the Company since June 1997. 
Mr. Nathanson is a Managing Director of DLJ. Mr. Nathanson joined DLJ in 1989 
from Drexel Burnham Lambert, and has been a Managing Director of DLJ since 
1991. Mr. Nathanson also serves on the Board of Directors of Specialty Foods, 
Inc. 

   Directors of the Company are currently elected annually by its 
stockholders to serve during the ensuing year or until their respective 
successors are elected and qualified. Executive officers of the Company are 
elected by the Board of Directors to serve until their respective successors 
are elected and qualified. 

                               43           
<PAGE>
COMMITTEES OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS 

   Prior to the Offering, the Board of Directors had no formal committees. In 
connection with the completion of the Common Stock Offering, the Board of 
Directors will establish two committees: (i) an Audit Committee and (ii) a 
Compensation Committee. 

   The Audit Committee will make recommendations to the Board of Directors 
regarding the Company's independent auditors, approve the scope of the annual 
audit activities of the independent auditors and review audit results. It is 
expected that a majority of the directors comprising the Audit Committee will 
be directors not otherwise affiliated with the Company or its principal 
stockholders. 

   The duties of the Compensation Committee will be to provide a general 
review of the Company's compensation and benefit plans to ensure that they 
meet corporate objectives. In addition, the Compensation Committee will 
review management's recommendations on (i) compensation of all officers of 
the Company and (ii) adopting and changing major Company compensation 
policies and practices, and report its recommendations to the entire Board of 
Directors for approval and authorization. The Compensation Committee will 
administer the Company's stock plans. The Board of Directors may also 
establish other committees to assist in the discharge of its 
responsibilities. 

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION 

                          SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE 

   The following table summarizes the principal components of compensation of 
the Chief Executive Officer and the other four highest compensated executive 
officers of the Company (the "Named Executive Officers") for the fiscal year 
ended December 27, 1997. The compensation set forth below fully reflects 
compensation for services performed on behalf of the Company and its 
subsidiaries. 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                 LONG-TERM 
                                                 ANNUAL COMPENSATION           COMPENSATION 
                                       -------------------------------------- -------------- 
                                                                                SECURITIES 
NAME AND                       FISCAL                           OTHER ANNUAL    UNDERLYING      ALL OTHER 
PRINCIPAL POSITION              YEAR       SALARY    BONUS(1)   COMPENSATION    OPTIONS (#)    COMPENSATION 
<S>                            <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>             <C>            <C>
Anthony J. Cuti.............    1997      $386,000    $  --       $  --           496,569        $  -- 
 Chief Executive Officer 
Gary Charboneau.............    1997       243,000       --          --           141,877           -- 
 Senior Vice 
 President--Sales  and 
 Merchandising 
Jerry M. Ray................    1997       200,000       --          --           118,231           -- 
 Senior Vice 
 President--Store 
  Operations 
William J. Tennant..........    1997       151,000(2)    --          --           115,393           -- 
 Senior Vice 
 President--Chief  Financial 
 Officer 
Joseph S. Lacko.............    1997       150,000       --          --            11,823           -- 
 Vice President--Management 
  Information Systems 
</TABLE>

- ------------ 
(1)    Bonuses for 1997 have not yet been determined. Messrs. Cuti, 
       Charboneau, Ray and Lacko received bonuses in fiscal 1996 of $340,000, 
       $120,000, $100,000 and $25,000, respectively. 
(2)    Reflects Mr. Tennant's salary for the partial year from February 18, 
       1997 (when he joined the Company) through December 27, 1997. 

                               44           
<PAGE>
                      OPTION GRANTS IN LAST FISCAL YEAR 

   The following table discloses options granted during 1997 to the Named 
Executive Officers. 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                    
                                             INDIVIDUAL GRANTS                      
                        ----------------------------------------------------------- 
                          NUMBER OF     % OF TOTAL 
                         SECURITIES      OPTIONS                                      POTENTIAL REALIZABLE VALUE AT  
                         UNDERLYING     GRANTED TO    EXERCISE OR                     ASSUMED RATES OF STOCK PRICE   
                           OPTIONS     EMPLOYEES IN    BASE PRICE     EXPIRATION     APPRECIATION FOR OPTION TERM(2) 
NAME                     GRANTED(1)    FISCAL YEAR     PER SHARE         DATE            5%            10% 
<S>                     <C>            <C>            <C>           <C>              <C>            <C>
Anthony J. Cuti........    496,569         45.5%       $     8.33       6/18/07      $2,602,022     $6,594,436 
Gary Charboneau (3)  ..    141,877         13.0              8.33       6/18/07         743,435      1,884,127 
Jerry M. Ray (3) ......    118,231         10.8              8.33       6/18/07         619,530      1,570,081 
William J. Tennant 
 (4)...................    115,393         10.6         7.34-8.33   2/18/07-6/18/07     561,964(5)   1,425,104(5) 
Joseph L. Lacko .......     11,823          1.1              8.33       6/18/07          61,953        157,009 
</TABLE>

- ------------ 
(1)    All of such options vest fully on the eighth anniversary of the grant 
       date and may vest sooner based on the Company's achievement of certain 
       specified financial targets. 
(2)    Amounts reflect certain assumed rates of appreciation for the term of 
       the option as set forth in the executive compensation disclosure rules 
       of the Securities and Exchange Commission and are not intended to 
       forecast future appreciation of the Common Stock. Actual gains, if any, 
       on stock option exercises depend on future performance of the Company's 
       stock and overall market conditions. For each Named Executive Officer 
       other than Mr. Tennant, at an annual rate of appreciation of 5% per 
       year for the option term, the price of the Common Stock would be 
       approximately $13.57 per share as of the expiration date, and for Mr. 
       Tennant such price would be approximately $12.62 per share. For each 
       Named Executive Officer other than Mr. Tennant, at an annual rate of 
       appreciation of 10% per year for the option term, the price of the 
       Common Stock would be approximately $21.61 per share as of the 
       expiration date, and for Mr. Tennant such price would be approximately 
       $20.10 per share. 
(3)    All of such options were granted under the Company's Equity Plan (as 
       defined below). The options granted under such plan are subject to 
       repurchase provisions upon termination of employment. See "--Stock 
       Options." 
(4)    68,101 of Mr. Tennant's options were granted pursuant to a separate 
       agreement with the Company, and the remaining 47,292 options were 
       granted pursuant to the Equity Plan. 
(5)    Amounts for Mr. Tennant are calculated based on a weighted average 
       exercise price of $7.75 per share. 

                        FISCAL YEAR END OPTION VALUES 

   The following table summarizes the number and value of all unexercised 
options held by the Named Executive Officers at the end of 1997. There were 
no options exercised in the Company's last fiscal year. 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                      NUMBER OF 
                                                      SECURITIES 
                                                      UNDERLYING    VALUE OF UNEXERCISED 
                         SHARES                      UNEXERCISED    IN-THE-MONEY OPTIONS 
                      ACQUIRED ON                     OPTIONS AT     AT FISCAL YEAR END 
NAME                    EXERCISE    VALUE REALIZED FISCAL YEAR END         ($)(1) 
- -------------------  ------------- --------------  --------------- --------------------- 
                                                     EXERCISABLE/       EXERCISABLE/ 
                                                    UNEXERCISABLE       UNEXERCISABLE 
<S>                  <C>           <C>             <C>             <C>
Anthony J. Cuti.....       --             --       364,530/496,569       2,825,108/0 
Gary Charboneau.....       --             --        56,013/141,877         306,443/0 
Jerry M. Ray........       --             --        45,032/118,231         285,161/0 
William J. Tennant         --             --        68,101/47,292           67,420/0 
Joseph S. Lacko  ...       --             --        17,025/11,823          131,944/0 
</TABLE>

- ------------ 
(1)    Assumes the value of the Common Stock as of December 27, 1997 is equal 
       to $8.33 per share. 

                               45           
<PAGE>
   Mr. Weston, the Company's former Chief Executive Officer, resigned from 
the Company effective as of February 28, 1997. In connection with Mr. 
Weston's severance from the Company and the Recapitalization, Mr. Weston 
received approximately $1.6 million from DLJMB and all of his unexercised 
options were effectively cancelled. In addition, Mr. Weston received 
approximately $412,000 from the Company during 1997, a portion of which was 
attributable to his 1995 and 1996 bonus and the remainder of which was 
attributable to severance payments. 

COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS 

   Directors of the Company who are employees of the Company, DLJ or DLJMB or 
their respective subsidiaries are not compensated for serving as directors. 
Presently, the Company does not have directors who are not employees of the 
Company, DLJ or DLJMB ("Non-Employee Directors"). However, the Company plans 
to compensate future Non-Employee Directors with option grants for serving in 
such capacity and for serving on committees of the Board of Directors and to 
reimburse Non-Employee Directors for out-of-pocket expenses incurred in such 
capacity. 

COMPENSATION COMMITTEE INTERLOCKS AND INSIDER PARTICIPATION 

   Prior to the Offering, the Company did not have a compensation committee. 
Instead, compensation decisions regarding the Company's executive officers 
were made by the Board of Directors. Each executive officer of the Company 
has an employment agreement with the Company that establishes his annual 
compensation. See "--Employment Agreements." 

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENTS 

   Effective June 18, 1997, the Company entered into an employment agreement 
with Anthony J. Cuti (the "Cuti Employment Agreement"). Pursuant to the Cuti 
Employment Agreement, Mr. Cuti serves as Chairman, President and Chief 
Executive Officer of the Company. The Cuti Employment Agreement provides for 
(i) a base salary of $425,000 per year, which will increase to $500,000 in 
1998 and $550,000 in 1999 if certain EBITDA targets (as defined in the Cuti 
Employment Agreement) are met and will increase every 18 months commencing 
July 1, 2001 by not less than the percentage increase in a designated 
consumer price index for such 18-month period, (ii) an annual incentive bonus 
of up to 200% of base salary based on certain EBITDA targets and (iii) 
participation in all benefit plans generally available to executive officers 
of the Company. 

   Pursuant to the Cuti Employment Agreement and the Equity Plan described 
below, on June 18, 1997, Mr. Cuti was granted non-qualified stock options to 
purchase an aggregate of 496,569 shares of Common Stock at an exercise price 
of $8.33 per share. Subject to Mr. Cuti's continued employment with the 
Company, the options generally will become 100% vested on the eighth 
anniversary of the date of grant, but may vest sooner based on the Company's 
achievement of certain specified financial targets. Furthermore, the vesting 
of options will accelerate upon the occurrence of a Sale of the Company (as 
defined in the Cuti Employment Agreement) on or prior to December 30, 2001, 
based on the Company's achievement of specified financial targets prior to 
the date of any such Sale of the Company. 

   The Cuti Employment Agreement provides that following the Offering, Mr. 
Cuti may generally only transfer up to 10% of his shares of Common Stock in 
each calendar year while he is an employee of the Company, except pursuant to 
certain rights and obligations (i) to transfer ("put") his shares to the 
Company upon termination of employment and (ii) to transfer shares in 
connection with certain transfers of Common Stock by DLJMBPII. The Cuti 
Employment Agreement also provides that Mr. Cuti will be given the 
opportunity to invest additional amounts in stock of the Company in the event 
that DLJMBPII invests new equity in the Company or creates an intrument that 
may be dilutive to Mr. Cuti's equity position relative to DLJMBPII. 

   Mr. Cuti's initial term of employment is for three years and, unless 
terminated by notice of non-renewal by either the Company or Mr. Cuti, will 
continue thereafter for successive one-year periods. Pursuant to the Cuti 
Employment Agreement, if the Company terminates Mr. Cuti without "cause" (as 
defined in the Cuti Employment Agreement) or by notice of non-renewal or Mr. 
Cuti resigns with "good 

                               46           
<PAGE>
reason" (as defined in the Cuti Employment Agreement), Mr. Cuti will be 
entitled to continued base salary and incentive bonus payments (at the rate 
of two times base salary and bonus for the year prior to termination, which 
can be increased to three times base salary and bonus upon the occurrence of 
certain events, including a Sale of the Company) and employee benefits for a 
two year period, which, under certain circumstances, including Mr. Cuti's 
termination of employment prior to June 18, 2003 and within one year 
following a Sale of the Company, may be extended by one year. Additionally, 
the vesting of Mr. Cuti's options may accelerate upon such a termination of 
employment, based on the Company's financial performance prior to such 
termination and whether a Sale of the Company has occurred. The Cuti 
Employment Agreement also contains certain non-compete, non-solicitation and 
confidentiality provisions. See also "Certain Relationships and Related 
Transactions--Cuti Loan Agreement." 

   The Company has also entered into agreements with Messrs. Charboneau and 
Ray and certain other executives that provide for their initial base salary 
as well as annual incentive bonuses based on certain EBITDA targets. Mr. 
Charboneau's employment agreement provides for an annual base salary of 
$220,000 and for additional increases from time to time as the Company may 
determine. Mr. Ray's employment agreement provides for an annual base salary 
of $150,000 and for additional increases from time to time as the Company may 
determine. Each of Messrs. Charboneau and Ray are entitled to severance 
payments equalling 12 months of their respective salaries if they are 
terminated without "cause" (as respectively defined in the agreements). 

   The Company's agreement with Mr. Lacko provides for payment of an annual 
base salary of $150,000 as well as for payment of annual incentive bonuses 
based upon achievement of certain corporate and financial objectives. Mr. 
Lacko's agreement also provides for the grant of stock options to acquire an 
aggregate of 6,805 shares of Common Stock. These options vested on June 18, 
1997 and have an exercise price of $8.33 per share. In addition, Mr. Lacko's 
agreement provides for 12 months of salary continuation in the event Mr. 
Lacko is terminated without cause. 

   The Company's agreement with Mr. Tennant provides for payment of an annual 
base salary of $175,000 per year as well as for payment of annual incentive 
bonuses based upon achievement of certain financial targets. Mr. Tennant's 
agreement also provides for the grant of stock options to acquire an 
aggregate of 68,101 shares of Common Stock at an exercise price of $7.34 per 
share and for 12 months of salary continuation in the event Mr. Tennant is 
terminated without cause. 

SUPPLEMENTAL EXECUTIVE RETIREMENT PLAN 

   The Company has established the Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan 
("SERP"), an unfunded retirement plan that provides a lump sum benefit equal 
to the actuarial present value of a life annuity commencing at the later of 
age 65 or termination of employment for any reason other than for "cause." 
The SERP benefit is calculated as a percentage of a participant's Final 
Average Earnings (defined as the average base salary and bonus for the five 
years which produce the greatest amount multiplied by the participant's years 
of services with the Company). Currently, Mr. Cuti is the only SERP 
participant. Mr. Cuti's estimated SERP benefit, based on his annualized 1996 
includable compensation and upon discount rates effective for termination of 
employment in December 1997, is estimated to be $619,000, if termination of 
employment occurs after 10 years when Mr. Cuti will be age 60 1/2, or 
$1,263,000 if termination of employment occurs after 14 1/2 years, when Mr. 
Cuti will be age 65. Pursuant to the Cuti Employment Agreement, the Company 
is required to set aside funds in a "rabbi trust" to pay Mr. Cuti's SERP 
benefit in specified circumstances, including a Sale of the Company, 
termination without "cause" and resignation for "good reason" (as 
respectively defined in the Cuti Employment Agreement). Furthermore, in the 
event of his termination without "cause" or by reason of the Company's 
non-renewal, his resignation for "good reason," or his death or disability, 
Mr. Cuti's SERP benefit will be calculated on the basis of 20 years of 
employment regardless of his actual number of years of employment with the 
Company (the present value of which was approximately $680,000 as of 
September 27, 1997). 

STOCK OPTIONS 

   1992 STOCK OPTION PLAN. The Board of Directors adopted and the Company's 
stockholders approved the 1992 Stock Option Plan (the "1992 Plan") in 
September 1992. Under the 1992 Plan, the 

                               47           
<PAGE>
Board of Directors may grant to executive and other key employees of the 
Company nonqualified stock options to purchase up to an aggregate of 510,757 
shares of Common Stock of the Company at exercise prices and terms specified 
by the Board of Directors. 

   At September 27, 1997, there were outstanding nonqualified stock options 
issued under the 1992 Plan to purchase up to an aggregate of 281,657 shares 
of Common Stock of the Company at exercise prices ranging from $0.58 to 
$40.88 per share. The 1992 Plan will be frozen as to the future grants 
following the Offering. All options issued under the 1992 Plan are 100% 
vested. 

   1997 EQUITY PARTICIPATION PLAN. As of June 18, 1997, the Board of 
Directors and stockholders of the Company approved the 1997 Equity 
Participation Plan (the "Equity Plan"). The Equity Plan has been administered 
by the Board of Directors and, following consummation of the Offering, will 
be administered by the Compensation Committee. The Board of Directors is 
authorized under the Equity Plan to select the individuals to whom awards 
will be made (the "Participants") and determine the terms and conditions of 
the awards under the Equity Plan. The Equity Plan provides that the Board of 
Directors may grant or issue stock options, stock appreciation rights, 
restricted stock, deferred stock, dividend equivalents, performance awards, 
stock payments, and other stock related benefits, or any combination thereof, 
to any eligible employee or consultant. Each such award will be set forth in 
a separate agreement with the person receiving the award and will indicate 
the type, terms and conditions of the award. An aggregate of 1,321,181 shares 
of Common Stock of the Company have been reserved for issuance under the 
Equity Plan, subject to certain adjustments reflecting changes in the 
Company's capitalization. The Equity Plan provides that no Participant may 
receive awards relating to more than 480,429 shares of Common Stock per year. 

   SECTION 162(M) LIMITATION. In general, under Section 162(m) of the Code 
("Section 162(m)"), income tax deductions of publicly-held corporations may 
be limited to the extent total compensation (including base salary, annual 
bonus, stock option exercises and non-qualified benefits) for certain 
executive officers exceeds $1 million (less the amount of any "excess 
parachute payments" as defined in Section 280G of the Code) in any one year. 
Under a Section 162(m) transition rule for compensation plans of corporations 
which are privately held and which become publicly held in an initial public 
offering, the Equity Plan will not be subject to Section 162(m) until the 
"Transition Date" which is defined as the earliest of (i) the material 
modification of the Equity Plan; (ii) the issuance of all Common Stock and 
other compensation that has been allocated under the Equity Plan; and (iii) 
the first meeting of stockholders at which directors are to be elected that 
occurs after December 31, 2001. After the Transition Date, rights and awards 
granted under the Equity Plan will not qualify as "performance-based 
compensation" for purposes of Section 162(m) unless such rights and awards 
are granted by an independent compensation committee, and such awards are 
granted or vest upon pre-established objective performance goals, the 
material terms of which are disclosed to and approved by the stockholders of 
the Company. The transition rule will also apply to base salary and bonus 
payments made pursuant to employment agreements in effect at the time of the 
Offering. 

   The Board of Directors generally will have the power and authority to 
amend the Equity Plan at any time without approval of the Company's 
stockholders, subject to applicable federal securities and tax law 
limitations (including rules and regulations of the New York Stock Exchange). 

                               48           
<PAGE>
                CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS 

DLJMB RELATIONSHIPS 

   In connection with the Recapitalization, DLJMBPII and certain of its 
affiliates (the "DLJ Entities") purchased an aggregate of 9,383,420 shares of 
Common Stock, certain members of management retained an aggregate of 284,832 
shares of Common Stock and certain other stockholders retained an aggregate 
of 589,577 shares of Common Stock The aggregate purchase price for the shares 
acquired by the DLJ Entities was approximately $78.7 million or approximately 
$8.33 per share. Each of these shareholders other than members of management 
signed the Stockholders and Registration Rights Agreement. See 
"--Stockholders and Registration Rights Agreement." Mr. Jaffe and Ms. 
Arnaboldi, directors of the Company, are Managing Directors of DLJMB, and Mr. 
Nathanson, also a director of the Company, is a Managing Director of DLJ. 

   On September 30, 1997, the Company entered into the Existing Credit 
Agreement in which DLJ Capital Funding, Inc., an affiliate of DLJMBPII, acted 
as the arranger and syndication agent. In connection with the Existing Credit 
Agreement, DLJ Capital Funding, Inc. received a customary funding fee of 
approximately $2.4 million. 

   DLJ (the Underwriter and an affiliate of DLJMBPII) acted as financial 
advisor to the Company in connection with the structuring of the 
Recapitalization and received customary fees for such services of 
approximately $3.5 million and reimbursement for reasonable out-of-pocket 
expenses and affiliates of DLJ received stand-by commitment fees of 
approximately $1.2 million in connection with the change of control offers 
for Zero Coupon Notes and the Senior Notes, which were required as a result 
of the Recapitalization. The Company agreed to indemnify DLJ in connection 
with its acting as financial advisor. In addition, DLJ will receive the 
underwriting compensation set forth on the cover page of this Prospectus. DLJ 
is also serving as lead underwriter in connection with the Common Stock 
Offering and will receive its pro rata portion of the underwriting 
compensation payable in connection therewith. In addition, the DLJ Entities 
have granted an option to the underwriters in the Common Stock Offering, 
exercisable for 30 days after the date on the prospectus relating to the 
Common Stock Offering (the "Common Stock Prospectus"), to purchase an 
aggregate of up to 1,091,658 additional shares of Common Stock solely to 
cover over-allotments, if any. If such over-allotment option is exercised in 
full, the total net proceeds to such DLJ Entities will be approximately $16.8 
million. 

CUTI LOAN AGREEMENT 

   Pursuant to the terms of the Cuti Employment Agreement and a Secured Loan 
Agreement and related agreements among Mr. Cuti, the Company and DLJ (the 
"Loan Documents"), on November 20, 1997, Mr. Cuti borrowed $1 million from 
DLJ (the "Loan"). The Loan is secured by Mr. Cuti's pledge to DLJ of his 
options granted under the Equity Plan and his option to purchase 496,569 
shares of Common Stock, and all Common Stock and other proceeds payable upon 
exercise or other disposition thereof (the "Pledged Security"). The Loan is 
subject to interest at the Federal Mid-Term Rate as in effect from time to 
time and is generally payable in five equal installments commencing within 30 
days after Mr. Cuti has the ability to receive cash in exchange for any of 
the Pledged Security. In addition, the Company may apply any amounts to which 
Mr. Cuti is entitled upon termination of employment to repayment of the Loan. 
The Cuti Employment Agreement and the Loan Documents further provide that in 
the event of termination of Mr. Cuti's employment by reason of termination by 
the Company without "cause" or the Company's non-renewal or his resignation 
with "good reason" (as such terms are defined in the Cuti Employment 
Agreement), the Company will reimburse Mr. Cuti for all interest accrued as 
of the date of such termination if the Company has achieved certain specified 
financial targets for the year prior to termination and the year of such 
termination. The Loan Documents permit DLJ to assign the Loan to certain of 
its affiliates, including the Company, and the Company is obligated pursuant 
to the Cuti Employment Agreement to assume the Loan from DLJ as soon as 
practicable after the Company and DLJ agree that the Company may do so. 

                               49           
<PAGE>
OTHER RELATIONSHIPS 

   The Company incurred aggregate fees owing to Credit Suisse First Boston 
for financial services rendered from March 1995 through the consummation of 
the Recapitalization in the aggregate amount of $3.6 million, of which $1.4 
million was paid upon consummation of the Recapitalization and the remaining 
$2.2 million will become payable upon consummation of the Common Stock 
Offering. 

STOCKHOLDERS AND REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT 

   In connection with the Recapitalization, certain of the shareholders of 
the Company (the "Initial Shareholders") entered into a Stockholders and 
Registration Rights Agreement, pursuant to which the Company has granted the 
Initial Shareholders the right to cause the Company to register shares of 
Common Stock (the "registrable securities") under the Securities Act. Upon 
consummation of the Common Stock Offering, 9,395,278 outstanding shares of 
Common Stock will constitute registrable securities and therefore will be 
eligible for registration pursuant to the Stockholders and Registration 
Rights Agreement. Under the terms of the Stockholders and Registration Rights 
Agreement, at any time after the one year anniversary date of the Common 
Stock Offering, (i) the holders of at least a majority of the registrable 
securities held by the DLJ Entities can require the Company, subject to 
certain limitations, to file a registration statement under the Securities 
Act covering all or part of the registrable securities held by the DLJ 
Entities and (ii) the remaining Initial Shareholders can require the Company, 
subject to certain limitations, to file a registration statement covering all 
or part of the registrable securities held by such Initial Shareholders 
(each, a "demand registration"). The Company is obligated to pay all 
registration expenses (other than underwriting discounts and commissions and 
subject to certain limitations) incurred in connection with the demand 
registrations. In addition, the Stockholders and Registration Rights 
Agreement provides the Initial Shareholders with "piggyback" registration 
rights, subject to certain limitations, whenever the Company files a 
registration statement on a registration form that can be used to register 
securities held by such Initial Shareholders. 

                               50           
<PAGE>
                         PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS 

   The following table sets forth certain information with respect to the 
beneficial ownership (as defined by the regulations of the Securities and 
Exchange Commission) of the Company's Common Stock (which constitutes the 
only class of voting capital stock of the Company) by (i) each person known 
to the Company to be the beneficial owner of 5% or more of the Common Stock, 
(ii) each director, (iii) each Named Executive Officer and (iv) all executive 
officers and directors as a group, based on data as of January 15, 1998. 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                           SHARES BENEFICIALLY OWNED(1) 
                                                    ------------------------------------------- 
                                                                   % OF CLASS     % OF CLASS 
                                                                    PRIOR TO         AFTER 
                                                                  COMMON STOCK   COMMON STOCK 
NAME                                                   SHARES       OFFERING       OFFERING 
- --------------------------------------------------  ----------- --------------  -------------- 
<S>                                                 <C>         <C>             <C>                  
DLJ Merchant Banking Partners II, L.P. and related 
 investors(2)(3)...................................  9,383,420        91.5%          55.32% 
Anthony Cuti.......................................    364,530         3.6%            2.1 
David Jaffe(4) ....................................         --          --              -- 
Nicole S. Arnaboldi(4).............................         --          --              -- 
Andrew J. Nathanson(4) ............................         --          --              -- 
Gary Charboneau ...................................    259,464         2.5%            1.6 
Jerry M. Ray ......................................     85,722          *              * 
William J. Tennant.................................     68,001          *              * 
Joseph S. Lacko....................................     17,025          *              * 
All executive officers and directors as a group 
 (11 persons)(4) ..................................    815,996         8.0%            4.9% 
</TABLE>

- ------------ 
*      Less than one percent 
(1)    For purposes of this table, a person is deemed to have "beneficial 
       ownership" of any shares that such person has the right to acquire 
       within 60 days after the date of this Prospectus. For purposes of 
       calculating the percentage of outstanding shares held by each person 
       named above, any shares that such person has the right to acquire 
       within 60 days after the date of this Prospectus are deemed to be 
       outstanding, but not for the purpose of calculating the percentage 
       ownership of any other person. 
(2)    Consists of 9,383,420 shares held directly by the following related 
       investors, each of whom is affiliated with DLJ: DLJ Merchant Banking 
       Partners II, L.P. ("DLJMBPII"), 5,910,855 shares; DLJ Merchant Banking 
       Partners II-A, L.P. ("DLJMBIIA"), 235,398 shares; DLJ Offshore Partners 
       II, C.V. ("DLJOPII"), 290,665 shares; DLJ Diversified Partners, L.P. 
       ("DLJDP"), 345,575 shares; DLJ Diversified Partners-A, L.P. ("DLJDPA"), 
       128,335 shares; DLJMB Funding II, Inc. ("DLJMBFII"), 1,049,442 shares; 
       DLJ Millennium Partners, L.P. ("Millennium"), 95,572 shares; DLJ 
       Millennium-A, L.P. ("Millennium-A"), 18,640 shares; DLJ EAB Partners, 
       L.P. ("DLJEAB"), 26,539 shares; UK Investment Plan 1997 Partners ("UK 
       Investment"), 156,390 shares; and DLJ First ESC L.P. ("DLJ ESC," and 
       collectively, the "DLJMBPII Entities"), 1,126,010 shares. See "Certain 
       Relationships and Related Transactions--DLJMB Relationships." The 
       address of each of DLJMBPII, DLJMBIIA, DLJDP, DLJDPA, DLJMBFII, 
       Millennium, Millennium-A, DLJEAB, and DLJ ESC is 277 Park Avenue, New 
       York, New York 10172. The address of DLJOPII is c/o John B. Gorsiraweg, 
       14 Willemstad, Curacao, Netherlands Antilles. The address of UK 
       Investment is 2121 Avenue of the Stars, Fox Plaza, Suite 3000, Los 
       Angeles, California 90067. As a general partner of each of DLJMBPII, 
       DLJMBIIA, DLJOPII, DLJDP, DLJDPA, DLJEAB, Millennium and Millennium-A, 
       DLJMB may be deemed to beneficially own indirectly all of the shares 
       held directly by DLJMBPII, DLJMBIIA, DLJOPII, DLJDP, DLJDPA, DLJEAB, 
       Millennium and Millennium-A, and as the parent of each of DLJMB, 
       DLJMBFII and DLJ LBO Plans Management Corporation (the general partner 
       of DLJ ESC and UK Investment), Donaldson, Lufkin & Jenrette Inc., the 
       parent of DLJ ("DLJ Inc.") may be deemed to beneficially own indirectly 
       all of the shares held by DLJMBPII, DLJMBIIA, DLJOPII, DLJDP, DLJDPA, 
       DLJEAB, Millennium, Millennium-A, DLJMBFII, DLJ ESC and UK Investment. 
       The address of DLJ Merchant Banking, Inc. is 277 Park Avenue, New York, 
       New York 10172. 
(3)    In the event that the overallotment option granted to the underwriters 
       in the Common Stock Offering is exercised, DLJMBPII Entities will be 
       selling stockholders in the Common Stock Offering. In the event that 
       the DLJMBPII Entities sell all of the shares eligible to be sold by 
       them pursuant the overallotment option, such entities will own 
       approximately 48.9% of the Common Stock outstanding after the Offering. 
(4)    Mr. Nathanson is a Managing Director of DLJ and, as a result may be 
       deemed to beneficially own the shares of Common Stock owned by the 
       DLJMBPII Entities. Mr. Nathanson expressly disclaims beneficial 
       ownership of such shares of Common Stock. Nicole Arnaboldi and David 
       Jaffe are managing directors of DLJMB and DLJ Diversified Partners, 
       Inc. ("DLJDPI"). DLJMB is the managing general partner of DLJMBPII, 
       DLJMBIIA, DLJOPII, Millennium and Millennium-A. DLJDPI is the managing 
       general partner of DLJDP and DLJDPA. As a result, Ms. Arnaboldi and Mr. 
       Jaffe may be deemed to beneficially own the shares of Common Stock held 
       by each of DLJMBPII, DLJMBIIA, DLJOPII, DLJDP, DLJDPA, Millennium, 
       Millennium-A. Ms. Arnaboldi and Mr. Jaffe expressly disclaim beneficial 
       ownership of such shares of Common Stock. 

                               51           
<PAGE>
                 DESCRIPTION OF NEW SENIOR SUBORDINATED NOTES 

GENERAL 

   The New Senior Subordinated Notes will be issued pursuant to an indenture 
(the "New Senior Subordinated Note Indenture") among the Company, the 
Subsidiary Guarantors and State Street Bank and Trust Company, as trustee 
(the "Trustee"). The terms of the New Senior Subordinated Notes include those 
stated in the New Senior Subordinated Note Indenture and those made part of 
the New Senior Subordinated Note Indenture by reference to the Trust 
Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (the "Trust Indenture Act"). The New Senior 
Subordinated Notes are subject to all such terms, and prospective investors 
are referred to the New Senior Subordinated Note Indenture and the Trust 
Indenture Act for a statement thereof. The following summary of certain 
provisions of the New Senior Subordinated Note Indenture does not purport to 
be complete. A copy of the New Senior Subordinated Note Indenture has been 
filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement of which this Prospectus 
forms a part. The definitions of certain terms used in this Description of 
New Senior Subordinated Notes are set forth below under "--Certain 
Definitions." 

   The New Senior Subordinated Notes will be general unsecured obligations of 
the Company and will be subordinated in right of payment to all current and 
future Senior Debt. In addition, the New Senior Subordinated Notes will be 
effectively subordinated to indebtedness of the Company's Subsidiaries. See 
"Risk Factors--Holding Company Structure." At September 27, 1997, on a pro 
forma basis giving effect to the Offering, the Common Stock Offering and the 
consummation of the Refinancing Plan, the Company would have had an aggregate 
of $130.0 million of Senior Debt outstanding and the Company and its 
Subsidiaries would have had approximately $262.6 million of aggregate 
outstanding liabilities, including trade payables and the New Senior 
Subordinated Notes. The New Senior Subordinated Note Indenture will permit 
the incurrence of additional Senior Debt in the future, subject to certain 
conditions. 

PRINCIPAL, MATURITY AND INTEREST 

   The New Senior Subordinated Notes will be limited in aggregate principal 
amount to $80.0 million, and will mature on February 15, 2008. Interest on 
the New Senior Subordinated Notes will accrue at the rate of 9 1/4% per annum 
and will be payable semi-annually in arrears on February 15 and August 15 
(each, an "Interest Payment Date"), commencing on August 15, 1998, to holders 
of record on the immediately preceding February 1 and August 1, respectively. 
Interest on the New Senior Subordinated Notes will accrue from the most 
recent date to which interest has been paid or, if no interest has been paid, 
from the date of original issuance. Interest will be computed on the basis of 
a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months. Principal of, and interest 
and premium (if any) on, the New Senior Subordinated Notes will be payable at 
the office or agency of the Company maintained for such purpose or, at the 
option of the Company, payment may be made by check mailed to holders of the 
New Senior Subordinated Notes at their respective addresses set forth in the 
register of holders; provided, however, that all payments with respect to New 
Senior Subordinated Notes the holders of which have given wire transfer 
instructions to the Company will be required to be made by wire transfer of 
immediately available funds to the accounts specified by the holders thereof. 
Until otherwise designated by the Company, the Company's office or agency 
will be the office of the Trustee maintained for such purpose. The New Senior 
Subordinated Notes will be issued in denominations of $1,000 and integral 
multiples thereof. 

SUBORDINATION 

   The payment of principal of, and premium (if any) and interest on the New 
Senior Subordinated Notes will be subordinated in right of payment, as set 
forth in the New Senior Subordinated Note Indenture, to the prior payment in 
full of all Senior Debt, whether outstanding on the date of the New Senior 
Subordinated Note Indenture or thereafter incurred. For purposes hereof, 
"payment in full," as used with respect to Senior Debt, means payment of 
cash. 

   Upon any distribution to creditors of the Company in a liquidation or 
dissolution of the Company or in a bankruptcy, reorganization, insolvency, 
receivership or similar proceeding relating to the Company or 

                               52           
<PAGE>
its property, an assignment for the benefit of creditors or any marshalling 
of the Company's assets and liabilities, the holders of Senior Debt will be 
entitled to receive payment in full of all Obligations due in respect of such 
Senior Debt (including interest after the commencement of any such proceeding 
at the rate specified in the applicable Senior Debt) before the holders of 
New Senior Subordinated Notes will be entitled to receive any payment or 
distribution of cash, securities or other property with respect to 
Obligations due in respect of the New Senior Subordinated Notes and, until 
all Obligations with respect to Senior Debt are paid in full, any payment, 
distribution, or other transfer of assets of the Company or any Subsidiary 
Guarantor of any kind or character, whether direct or indirect, by set-off or 
otherwise, and whether in cash, securities or property, to which the holders 
of New Senior Subordinated Notes would be entitled shall be made to the 
holders of Senior Debt (except that holders of New Senior Subordinated Notes 
may receive Permitted Junior Securities and payments made from the trust 
described under "--Legal Defeasance and Covenant Defeasance"). 

   The Company also may not make any payment upon or in respect of the New 
Senior Subordinated Notes (except in Permitted Junior Securities or from the 
trust described under "--Legal Defeasance and Covenant Defeasance") if (i) a 
default in the payment of the principal of or premium if any, or interest on, 
any Designated Senior Debt occurs and is continuing beyond any applicable 
period of grace, if any, or (ii) any other default occurs and is continuing 
with respect to any Designated Senior Debt that permits holders of the 
Designated Senior Debt as to which such default relates to accelerate its 
maturity and the Trustee receives a written notice of such default (a 
"Payment Blockage Notice") from the Company or the holders of such Designated 
Senior Debt (or their representative). Payments on the New Senior 
Subordinated Notes may and shall be resumed (a) in the case of a payment 
default, upon the date on which such default is cured or waived and (b) in 
case of a nonpayment default, the earlier of the date on which such 
nonpayment default is cured or waived or 179 days after the date on which the 
applicable Payment Blockage Notice is received, unless the maturity of any 
Designated Senior Debt has been accelerated. No new period of payment 
blockage may be commenced unless and until 360 days have elapsed since the 
effectiveness of the immediately prior Payment Blockage Notice. No nonpayment 
default that existed or was continuing on the date of delivery of any Payment 
Blockage Notice to the Trustee shall be, or be made, the basis for a 
subsequent Payment Blockage Notice unless such default shall have been cured 
or waived for a period of not less than 90 days. 

   The New Senior Subordinated Note Indenture will further require that the 
Company promptly notify holders of Senior Debt (or their representatives) if 
payment of the New Senior Subordinated Notes is accelerated because of an 
Event of Default. 

   As a result of the subordination provisions described above, in the event 
of a liquidation or insolvency, holders of New Senior Subordinated Notes may 
recover less ratably than creditors of the Company who are holders of Senior 
Debt. As of September 27, 1997, after giving pro forma effect to the 
Offering, the Common Stock Offering and consummation of the Refinancing Plan, 
the Company would have had approximately $130.0 million of Senior Debt 
outstanding. The New Senior Subordinated Note Indenture will limit, subject 
to certain conditions, the amount of additional Indebtedness, including 
Senior Debt, that the Company and its Subsidiaries can incur. See "Certain 
Covenants--Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock." 

SUBSIDIARY GUARANTEES 

   The Company's payment obligations under the New Senior Subordinated Notes 
will be jointly and severally guaranteed (the "Subsidiary Guarantees") on a 
senior subordinated basis by all of the Company's present and future 
Subsidiaries (the "Subsidiary Guarantors"). The Subsidiary Guarantee of each 
Subsidiary Guarantor will be subordinated to the prior payment in full of all 
Senior Debt and any amounts for which such Subsidiary Guarantor will be 
liable under guarantees issued from time to time with respect to Senior Debt. 
The obligations of each Subsidiary Guarantor under its Subsidiary Guarantee 
will be limited to the maximum amount that may be paid thereunder without 
resulting in such Subsidiary Guarantee being deemed to constitute a 
fraudulent conveyance or a fraudulent transfer under applicable law. See 
"Risk Factors--Enforceability of Subsidiary Guarantees." 

                               53           
<PAGE>
   The New Senior Subordinated Note Indenture will provide that no Subsidiary 
Guarantor may consolidate with or merge with or into (whether or not such 
Subsidiary Guarantor is the surviving Person), or sell all or substantially 
all of its assets to, another corporation, Person or entity, whether or not 
affiliated with such Subsidiary Guarantor unless (a) subject to the 
provisions of the following paragraph, the Person formed by or surviving any 
such consolidation or merger (if other than such Subsidiary Guarantor) 
assumes all of the obligations of such Subsidiary Guarantor, pursuant to a 
supplemental indenture in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the 
Trustee, under the Subsidiary Guarantee of such Subsidiary Guarantor and the 
New Senior Subordinated Note Indenture; (b) immediately after giving effect 
to such transaction, no Default or Event of Default exists; and (c) the 
Company would be permitted, immediately after giving effect to such 
transaction, to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to 
the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in the first paragraph of the 
covenant described under the caption "--Certain Covenants--Incurrence of 
Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock." Notwithstanding the foregoing 
provisions of this paragraph, the New Senior Subordinated Note Indenture will 
not prohibit the merger of two of the Subsidiary Guarantors or the merger of 
a Subsidiary Guarantor into the Company. 

   The New Senior Subordinated Note Indenture will provide that, in the event 
of a sale or other disposition of all of the equity interests of any 
Subsidiary Guarantor (including by way of merger or consolidation) or all or 
substantially all of the assets of such Subsidiary Guarantor, then such 
Subsidiary Guarantor (in the event of a sale or other disposition of all of 
the capital stock of such Subsidiary Guarantor) or the corporation acquiring 
the property (in the event of a sale or other disposition of all or 
substantially all of the assets of such Subsidiary Guarantor) will be 
released and relieved of any obligations under its Subsidiary Guarantee; 
provided that the Net Proceeds of such sale or other disposition are applied 
in accordance with the applicable provisions of the New Senior Subordinated 
Note Indenture. See "--Repurchase at Option of Holders--Asset Sales." 

OPTIONAL REDEMPTION 

   The New Senior Subordinated Notes will not be redeemable at the Company's 
option prior to February 15, 2003. Thereafter, the New Senior Subordinated 
Notes will be subject to redemption at any time at the option of the Company, 
in whole or in part, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days prior 
notice, at the redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal 
amount) set forth below, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, thereon to 
the applicable redemption date, if redeemed during the 12-month period 
beginning on February 15 of the years indicated below: 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 YEAR                  PERCENTAGE 
- --------------------  ------------ 
<S>                   <C>
2003 ................    104.625% 
2004 ................    103.084% 
2005 ................    101.542% 
2006 and thereafter      100.000% 
</TABLE>

   Notwithstanding the foregoing, on or prior to February 15, 2001, the 
Company may redeem up to 35% in aggregate principal amount of New Senior 
Subordinated Notes at a redemption price of 109.25% of the principal amount 
thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, thereon to the redemption 
date, with the net proceeds of one or more Qualified Offerings of the 
Company; provided that at least 65% in aggregate principal amount of the New 
Senior Subordinated Notes originally issued under the New Senior Subordinated 
Note Indenture remain outstanding immediately after the occurrence of such 
redemption; and provided, further, that such redemption shall occur within 90 
days of the date of the closing of such Qualified Offering. 

SELECTION AND NOTICE 

   If less than all of the New Senior Subordinated Notes are to be redeemed 
at any time, selection of New Senior Subordinated Notes for redemption will 
be made by the Trustee in compliance with the requirements of the principal 
national securities exchange, if any, on which the New Senior Subordinated 

                               54           
<PAGE>
Notes are listed, or, if the New Senior Subordinated Notes are not so listed, 
on a pro rata basis, by lot or by such method as the Trustee shall deem fair 
and appropriate; provided, however, that no New Senior Subordinated Note 
shall be redeemed in a principal amount that is less than $1,000. Notices of 
redemption shall be mailed by first class mail at least 30 but not more than 
60 days before the redemption date to each holder of New Senior Subordinated 
Notes to be redeemed at its registered address. Notices of redemption may not 
be conditional. If any New Senior Subordinated Note is to be redeemed in part 
only, the notice of redemption that relates to such New Senior Subordinated 
Note shall state the portion of the principal amount thereof to be redeemed 
and a new note in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion of the 
original New Senior Subordinated Note shall be issued in the name of the 
holder thereof upon cancellation of the original New Senior Subordinated 
Note. New Senior Subordinated Notes called for redemption become due on the 
date fixed for redemption. On and after the redemption date, interest ceases 
to accrue on New Senior Subordinated Notes or portions of them called for 
redemption. 

MANDATORY REDEMPTION 

   Except as set forth below under "--Repurchase at the Option of Holders," 
the Company is not required to make any mandatory redemption of, or sinking 
fund payments with respect to, the New Senior Subordinated Notes. 

REPURCHASE AT THE OPTION OF HOLDERS 

 Change of Control 

   Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control, the Company will be required 
to make an offer (a "Change of Control Offer") to repurchase all or any part 
(equal to $1,000 or an integral multiple thereof) of each holder's New Senior 
Subordinated Notes at an offer price in cash equal to 101% of the aggregate 
principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, thereon 
to the date of repurchase (the "Change of Control Payment"). Within 15 days 
following a Change of Control, the Company will (or will cause the Trustee 
to) mail a notice to each holder of New Senior Subordinated Notes describing 
the transaction that constitutes the Change of Control and offering to 
repurchase New Senior Subordinated Notes on the date specified in such 
notice, which date shall be no earlier than 30 days and no later than 60 days 
from the date such notice is mailed (the "Change of Control Payment Date"), 
pursuant to the procedures required by the New Senior Subordinated Note 
Indenture and described in such notice. The Company will comply with the 
requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities 
laws and regulations thereunder to the extent such laws and regulations are 
applicable in connection with the repurchase of New Senior Subordinated Notes 
as a result of a Change of Control. 

   On or before the Change of Control Payment Date, the Company will, to the 
extent lawful, (a) accept for payment all New Senior Subordinated Notes or 
portions thereof properly tendered pursuant to the Change of Control Offer, 
(b) deposit with the Paying Agent an amount equal to the Change of Control 
Payment in respect of all New Senior Subordinated Notes or portions thereof 
so tendered and (c) deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee the New 
Senior Subordinated Notes so accepted together with an officer's certificate 
stating the aggregate principal amount of New Senior Subordinated Notes or 
portions thereof being purchased by the Company. The Paying Agent will 
promptly mail to each holder of New Senior Subordinated Notes so tendered the 
Change of Control Payment for such New Senior Subordinated Notes, and the 
Trustee will promptly authenticate and mail (or cause to be transferred by 
book entry) to each holder a new note equal in principal amount to any 
unpurchased portion of the New Senior Subordinated Notes surrendered, if any; 
provided, however, that each such new note will be in a principal amount of 
$1,000 or an integral multiple thereof. The Company will publicly announce 
the results of the Change of Control Offer on or as soon as practicable after 
the Change of Control Payment Date. 

   Except as described above with respect to a Change of Control, the New 
Senior Subordinated Note Indenture does not contain provisions that permit 
the holders of the New Senior Subordinated Notes to require that the Company 
repurchase or redeem the New Senior Subordinated Notes in the event of a 
takeover, recapitalization or similar transaction. In addition, the Company 
could enter into certain 

                               55           
<PAGE>
transactions, including acquisitions, refinancings or other 
recapitalizations, that could affect the Company's capital structure or the 
value of the New Senior Subordinated Notes, but that would not constitute a 
Change of Control. The New Credit Agreement will prohibit the Company from 
purchasing the New Senior Subordinated Notes (except in certain limited 
amounts) and will also provide that certain change of control events with 
respect to the Company will constitute a default thereunder. Any future 
credit agreements or other agreements relating to Senior Debt to which the 
Company becomes a party may contain similar restrictions and provisions. In 
the event a Change of Control occurs at a time when the Company is prohibited 
from purchasing the New Senior Subordinated Notes, the Company could seek the 
consent of its lenders to the purchase of the New Senior Subordinated Notes 
or could attempt to refinance the borrowings that contain such prohibition. 
If the Company does not obtain such consent or repay such borrowings, the 
Company will remain prohibited from purchasing the New Senior Subordinated 
Notes by the relevant Senior Debt. In such case, the Company's failure to 
purchase the tendered New Senior Subordinated Notes would constitute an event 
of default under the New Senior Subordinated Note Indenture which would, in 
turn, constitute a default under the New Credit Agreement and could 
constitute a default under other Senior Debt. In such circumstances, the 
subordination provisions in the New Senior Subordinated Note Indenture would 
likely restrict payments to the holders of the New Senior Subordinated Notes. 
Furthermore, no assurance can be given that the Company will have sufficient 
resources to satisfy its repurchase obligation with respect to the New Senior 
Subordinated Notes following a Change of Control. In addition, the Company's 
ability to repurchase New Senior Subordinated Notes following a Change of 
Control may also be limited by the Company's then existing financial 
resources. Moreover, the definition of Change of Control only provides 
protection to the holders of New Senior Subordinated Notes in the event of 
certain changes in the equity ownership and/or the composition of the board 
of directors of the Company and, as a result, the Company may, under certain 
circumstances, incur substantial additional indebtedness or undergo 
restructuring or other corporate changes without triggering a Change of 
Control Offer. 

   The Company will not be required to make a Change of Control Offer 
following a Change of Control if a third party makes the Change of Control 
Offer in the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the 
requirements set forth in the New Senior Subordinated Note Indenture 
applicable to a Change of Control Offer made by the Company and purchases all 
New Senior Subordinated Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn under such 
Change of Control Offer. 

   A "Change of Control" will be deemed to have occurred upon the occurrence 
of any of the following: (a) the sale, lease, transfer, conveyance or other 
disposition (other than by way of merger or consolidation), in one or a 
series of related transactions, of all or substantially all of the assets of 
the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, to any "person" or 
"group" (as such terms are used in Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act) other 
than the Principals, (b) the adoption of a plan relating to the liquidation 
or dissolution of the Company, (c) the consummation of any transaction 
(including, without limitation, any merger or consolidation) the result of 
which is that any "person" or "group" (as such terms are used in Section 
13(d) of the Exchange Act) other than the Principals becomes the "beneficial 
owner" (as such term is defined in Rule 13d-3 and Rule 13d-5 under the 
Exchange Act), directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, of 
more than 50% of the voting power of the outstanding voting stock of the 
Company, or (d) the first day on which more than a majority of the members of 
the Board of Directors of the Company are not Continuing Directors. 

   The definition of Change of Control includes a phrase relating to the 
sale, lease, transfer, conveyance or other disposition of "all or 
substantially all" of the assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries taken as 
a whole. Although there is a developing body of case law interpreting the 
phrase "substantially all," there is no precise established definition of the 
phrase under applicable law. Accordingly, the ability of a holder of New 
Senior Subordinated Notes to require the Company to repurchase such New 
Senior Subordinated Notes as a result of a sale, lease transfer, conveyance 
or other disposition of less than all of the assets of the Company and its 
Subsidiaries taken as a whole to another Person or group may be uncertain. 

   "Continuing Directors" means, as of any date of determination, any member 
of the Board of Directors of the Company who (a) was a member of the Board of 
Directors of the Company on the date 

                               56           
<PAGE>
of original issuance of the New Senior Subordinated Notes or (b) was 
nominated for election to the Board of Directors of the Company with the 
approval of, or whose election to the Board of Directors of the Company was 
ratified by, at least a majority of the Continuing Directors who were members 
of the Board of Directors of the Company at the time of such nomination or 
election. 

 Asset Sales 

   The New Senior Subordinated Note Indenture will provide that the Company 
will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, consummate an Asset 
Sale unless (a) the Company or such Subsidiary, as the case may be, receives 
consideration at the time of such Asset Sale at least equal to the fair 
market value (evidenced by a resolution of the Board of Directors of the 
Company set forth in an officer's certificate delivered to the Trustee) of 
the assets or Equity Interests issued or sold or otherwise disposed of and 
(b) at least 75% of the consideration therefor received by the Company or 
such Subsidiary is in the form of (I) Cash Equivalents or (II) property or 
assets that are used or useful in a Permitted Business, or the Capital Stock 
of any Person engaged in a Permitted Business if, as a result of the 
acquisition by the Company or any Subsidiary thereof, such Person becomes a 
Subsidiary Guarantor; provided, however, that the amount of (i) any 
liabilities (as shown on the Company's or such Subsidiary's most recent 
balance sheet) of the Company or such Subsidiary (other than contingent 
liabilities and liabilities that are by their terms subordinated to the New 
Senior Subordinated Notes or any Subsidiary Guarantees) that are assumed by 
the transferee of any such assets pursuant to a customary novation agreement 
that releases the Company or such Subsidiary from further liability and (ii) 
any securities, notes or other obligations received by the Company or such 
Subsidiary from such transferee that are immediately converted by the Company 
or such Subsidiary into cash (to the extent of the cash received) shall be 
deemed to be cash for purposes of this provision; provided further, that the 
75% limitation referred to in clause (b) will not apply to any Asset Sale in 
which the Cash Equivalent portion of the consideration received therefrom, 
determined in accordance with the foregoing proviso, is equal to or greater 
than what the after-tax proceeds would have been had such Asset Sale complied 
with the aforementioned 75% limitation. 

   Within 270 days after the receipt of any Net Proceeds from an Asset Sale, 
the Company or any such Subsidiary shall apply such Net Proceeds at its 
option (or to the extent the Company is required to apply such Net Proceeds 
pursuant to the terms of the New Credit Agreement), to (a) repay Senior Debt 
(and to correspondingly reduce commitments with respect thereto in the case 
of revolving borrowings) or (b) repay pari passu Indebtedness of the Company 
or any Subsidiary Guarantor (and to correspondingly reduce commitments with 
respect thereto), provided that if the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor 
shall so repay pari passu Indebtedness, it will equally and ratably reduce 
Indebtedness under the New Senior Subordinated Notes if the New Senior 
Subordinated Notes are then redeemable, or if the New Senior Subordinated 
Notes may not then be redeemed, the Company shall make an offer (in 
accordance with the procedures set forth below for an Asset Sale Offer) to 
all holders of New Senior Subordinated Notes to purchase at a price equal to 
100% of the principal amount thereof the amount of New Senior Subordinated 
Notes that would otherwise be redeemed or (c) an investment in property, the 
making of a capital expenditure or the acquisition of other long-term assets, 
in each case, of or from an entity that is engaged in a Permitted Business, 
and in accordance with the terms of the New Senior Subordinated Note 
Indenture. Pending the final application of any such Net Proceeds, the 
Company may temporarily reduce Designated Senior Debt or otherwise invest 
such Net Proceeds in any manner that is not prohibited by the New Senior 
Subordinated Note Indenture. Any Net Proceeds from Asset Sales that are not 
applied or invested as provided in the first sentence of this paragraph will 
be deemed to constitute "Excess Proceeds." When the aggregate amount of 
Excess Proceeds exceeds $10.0 million, the Company will be required to make 
an offer to all holders of New Senior Subordinated Notes (an "Asset Sale 
Offer") to purchase the maximum principal amount of New Senior Subordinated 
Notes that may be purchased out of the Excess Proceeds at an offer price in 
cash in an amount equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof plus accrued 
and unpaid interest, if any, thereon to the date of purchase, in accordance 
with the procedures set forth in the New Senior Subordinated Note Indenture. 
To the extent that the aggregate principal amount of New Senior Subordinated 
Notes tendered pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer is less than the Excess 
Proceeds, the Company may use any remaining Excess Proceeds for general 
corporate purposes. If the aggregate principal amount of New Senior 
Subordinated Notes surrendered by holders 

                               57           
<PAGE>
thereof exceeds the amount of Excess Proceeds, the Trustee shall select the 
New Senior Subordinated Notes to be purchased as set forth under "--Selection 
and Notice." Upon completion of such offer to purchase, the amount of Excess 
Proceeds shall be reset at zero. 

CERTAIN COVENANTS 

 Restricted Payments 

   The New Senior Subordinated Note Indenture will provide that the Company 
will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, directly or 
indirectly, (a) declare or pay any dividend or make any other payment or 
distribution on account of the Company's or any of its Subsidiaries' Equity 
Interests (other than dividends or distributions payable in Equity Interests 
(other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company or dividends or distributions 
payable to the Company or any Wholly Owned Subsidiary of the Company); (b) 
purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire or retire for value any Equity 
Interests of the Company (other than any such Equity Interests owned by the 
Company or any Wholly Owned Subsidiary of the Company); (c) make any payment 
on or with respect to, or purchase, redeem, defease or otherwise acquire or 
retire for value, any Indebtedness that is subordinated to the New Senior 
Subordinated Notes, except a payment of interest or principal at Stated 
Maturity; or (d) make any Restricted Investment (all such payments and other 
actions set forth in clauses (a) through (d) above being collectively 
referred to as "Restricted Payments"), unless, at the time of and after 
giving effect to such Restricted Payment: 

     (i) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing 
    or would occur as a consequence thereof; 

     (ii) the Company would, at the time of such Restricted Payment and after 
    giving pro forma effect thereto as if such Restricted Payment had been 
    made at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period, have been 
    permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to 
    the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in the first paragraph of 
    the covenant described under the caption "--Incurrence of Indebtedness and 
    Issuance of Preferred Stock"; and 

     (iii) such Restricted Payment, together with the aggregate amount of all 
    other Restricted Payments made by the Company and its Subsidiaries after 
    the date of the New Senior Subordinated Note Indenture, is less than the 
    sum of (A) 50% of the Consolidated Net Income of the Company for the 
    period (taken as one accounting period) after the date of the New Senior 
    Subordinated Note Indenture to the end of the Company's most recently 
    ended fiscal quarter for which internal financial statements are available 
    at the time of such Restricted Payment (or, if such Consolidated Net 
    Income for such period is a deficit, less 100% of such deficit); plus (B) 
    100% of the aggregate net cash proceeds received by the Company from the 
    issue or sale since the date of the New Senior Subordinated Note Indenture 
    of Equity Interests of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock) or of 
    Disqualified Stock or debt securities of the Company to the extent that 
    they have been converted into such Equity Interests (other than any such 
    Equity Interests, Disqualified Stock or convertible debt securities sold 
    to a Subsidiary of the Company and other than Disqualified Stock or 
    convertible debt securities that have been converted into Disqualified 
    Stock). 

   The foregoing provisions will not prohibit (a) the payment of any dividend 
within 60 days after the date of declaration thereof, if at said date of 
declaration such payment would have complied with the provisions of the New 
Senior Subordinated Note Indenture; (b) the redemption, repurchase, 
retirement, defeasance or other acquisition of any pari passu or subordinated 
Indebtedness or Equity Interests of the Company in exchange for, or out of 
the net cash proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale (other than to a 
Subsidiary of the Company) of, other Equity Interests of the Company (other 
than any Disqualified Stock); provided that the amount of any such net cash 
proceeds that are utilized for any such redemption, repurchase, retirement, 
defeasance or other acquisition shall be excluded from clause (iii) (B) of 
the preceding paragraph; (c) the defeasance, redemption, repurchase, 
retirement or other acquisition of subordinated Indebtedness with the net 
cash proceeds from an incurrence of, or in exchange for, Permitted 
Refinancing Indebtedness; (d) the repurchase, redemption or other acquisition 
or retirement for value of any Equity Interests of the Company or any 
Subsidiary of the Company held by any member 

                               58           
<PAGE>
of the Company's management pursuant to any management equity subscription 
agreement or stock option agreement in effect as of the date of the New 
Senior Subordinated Note Indenture; provided, however, that (i) the aggregate 
price paid for all such repurchased, redeemed, acquired or retired Equity 
Interests shall not exceed $2.0 million in any twelve-month period plus the 
aggregate cash proceeds received by the Company during such twelve-month 
period from any reissuance of Equity Interests by the Company to members of 
management of the Company and its Subsidiaries and (ii) no Default or Event 
of Default shall have occurred and be continuing immediately after such 
transaction; (e) payments and transactions in connection with the Refinancing 
Plan, the New Credit Agreement (including commitment, syndication and 
arrangement fees payable thereunder), the Offering and the Common Stock 
Offering (including underwriting discounts and commissions in connection 
therewith) and the application of the proceeds thereof, and the payment of 
the fees and expenses with respect thereto and (f) the declaration and 
payment of dividends to holders of any class or series of preferred stock 
(other than Disqualified Stock) issued after the date of the New Senior 
Subordinated Note Indenture; provided, however, that at the time of such 
issuance, after giving effect to such issuance on a pro forma basis, the 
Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for the Company for the most recently ended four 
full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available 
immediately preceding the date of such issuance would have been no less than 
2.0 to 1. 

   The amount of all Restricted Payments (other than cash) shall be the fair 
market value on the date of the Restricted Payment of the asset(s) or 
securities proposed to be transferred or issued by the Company or such 
Subsidiary, as the case may be, pursuant to the Restricted Payment. The fair 
market value of any non-cash Restricted Payment shall be determined by the 
Board of Directors of the Company whose resolution with respect thereto shall 
be delivered to the Trustee. Not later than the date of making any Restricted 
Payment, the Company shall deliver to the Trustee an officer's certificate 
stating that such Restricted Payment is permitted and setting forth the basis 
upon which the calculations required by the covenant described in this 
section were computed. 

 Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock 

   The New Senior Subordinated Note Indenture will provide that (i) the 
Company will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, directly or 
indirectly, create, incur, issue, assume, guarantee or otherwise become 
directly or indirectly liable, contingently or otherwise, with respect to 
(collectively, "incur") any Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness), 
(ii) the Company will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to issue any shares 
of Disqualified Stock and (iii) the Company will not permit any of its 
Subsidiaries that are not Subsidiary Guarantors to issue any shares of 
preferred stock; provided, however, that the Company and any Subsidiary 
Guarantor may incur Indebtedness (including Acquired Debt) or issue shares of 
Disqualified Stock if the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for the Company's most 
recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial 
statements are available immediately preceding the date on which such 
additional Indebtedness is incurred or such shares of Disqualified Stock are 
issued would have been at least 2.0 to 1 determined on a consolidated pro 
forma basis (including a pro forma application of the net proceeds 
therefrom), as if the additional Indebtedness had been incurred, or the 
Disqualified Stock had been issued, as the case may be, at the beginning of 
such four-quarter period. 

   Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company and, to the extent set forth 
below, its Subsidiaries may incur the following: 

     (a) Indebtedness of the Company under the New Senior Subordinated Notes 
    and the New Senior Subordinated Note Indenture and Indebtedness of 
    Subsidiaries under the Subsidiary Guarantees; 

     (b) Indebtedness under the New Credit Agreement in an aggregate principal 
    amount not to exceed $160.0 million outstanding at any time; 

     (c) Existing Indebtedness; 

     (d) Capital Expenditure Indebtedness, Capitalized Lease Obligations and 
    purchase money Indebtedness of the Company and its Subsidiaries in an 
    aggregate principal amount not to exceed $20.0 million at any time 
    outstanding; 

                               59           
<PAGE>
     (e) the incurrence by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries of Hedging 
    Obligations that are incurred for the purpose of fixing or hedging 
    interest rate risk with respect to any floating rate Indebtedness that is 
    permitted by the terms of the New Senior Subordinated Note Indenture to be 
    outstanding; 

     (f) Indebtedness of the Company representing guarantees of Indebtedness 
    incurred by one of its Subsidiaries pursuant to, and in compliance with, 
    another provision of this covenant; 

     (g) the incurrence by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries of 
    intercompany Indebtedness between or among the Company and any of its 
    Wholly Owned Subsidiaries; provided, however, that (i) if the Company is 
    the obligor on such Indebtedness, such Indebtedness is expressly 
    subordinated to the prior payment in full in cash of all obligations with 
    respect to the New Senior Subordinated Notes and (ii) (A) any subsequent 
    issuance or transfer of Equity Interests that results in any such 
    Indebtedness being held by a Person other than the Company or a Wholly 
    Owned Subsidiary and (B) any sale or other transfer of any such 
    Indebtedness to a Person that is not either the Company or a Wholly Owned 
    Subsidiary shall be deemed, in each case, to constitute an incurrence of 
    such Indebtedness by the Company or such Subsidiary, as the case may be; 

     (h) any Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness representing a replacement, 
    renewal, refinancing or extension of Indebtedness permitted under the 
    first paragraph and clause (c) of this covenant; 

     (i)  Indebtedness arising from agreements of the Company or any 
    Subsidiary Guarantor providing for indemnification, adjustment of purchase 
    price or similar obligations, in each case, incurred or assumed in 
    connection with the disposition of any business, assets or a Subsidiary, 
    other than guarantees of Indebtedness incurred by any Person acquiring all 
    or any portion of such business, assets or Subsidiary for the purpose of 
    financing such acquisition; provided however, that (1) such Indebtedness 
    is not reflected on the balance sheet of the Company or any Subsidiary 
    Guarantor (contingent obligations referred to in a footnote or footnotes 
    to financial statements and not otherwise reflected on the balance sheet 
    will not be deemed to be reflected on such balance sheet for purposes of 
    this clause (1)) and (2) the maximum assumable liability in respect of 
    such Indebtedness shall at no time exceed the gross proceeds including 
    noncash proceeds (the fair market value of such noncash proceeds being 
    measured at the time received and without giving effect to any subsequent 
    changes in value) actually received by the Company and/or the Subsidiary 
    Guarantors in connection with such disposition; and 

     (j) additional Indebtedness of the Company and its Subsidiaries in an 
    aggregate principal amount not to exceed $30.0 million at any time 
    outstanding. 

 Liens 

   The New Senior Subordinated Note Indenture will provide that the Company 
will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, directly or 
indirectly, create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien that secures 
obligations under any pari passu Indebtedness or subordinated Indebtedness on 
any asset or property now owned or hereafter acquired by the Company or any 
of its Subsidiaries, or any income or profits therefrom or assign or convey 
any right to receive income therefrom, unless the New Senior Subordinated 
Notes or the Subsidiary Guarantees, as applicable, are equally and ratably 
secured with the obligations so secured until such time as such obligations 
are not longer secured by a Lien; provided, that in any case involving a Lien 
securing subordinated Indebtedness, such Lien is subordinated to the Lien 
securing the New Senior Subordinated Notes or the Subsidiary Guarantees, as 
applicable, to the same extent that such subordinated Indebtedness is 
subordinated to the New Senior Subordinated Notes or the Subsidiary 
Guarantees, as applicable. 

 Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Subsidiaries 

   The New Senior Subordinated Note Indenture will provide that the Company 
will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, directly or 
indirectly, create or otherwise cause or suffer to exist or become effective 
any encumbrance or restriction on the ability of any Subsidiary to (a)(i) pay 
dividends 

                               60           
<PAGE>
or make any other distributions to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries on 
its Capital Stock or with respect to any other interest or participation in, 
or measured by, its profits, or (ii) pay any Indebtedness owed to the Company 
or any of its Subsidiaries, (b) make loans or advances to the Company or any 
of its Subsidiaries or (c) transfer any of its properties or assets to the 
Company or any of its Subsidiaries, except for such encumbrances or 
restrictions existing under or by reason of (i) Existing Indebtedness as in 
effect on the date of the New Senior Subordinated Note Indenture, (ii) the 
New Credit Agreement as in effect on the date of the New Senior Subordinated 
Note Indenture and any refinancings, amendments, restatements, renewals or 
replacements thereof, provided, however, that the agreements governing such 
refinancings, amendments, restatements, renewals or replacements contain 
restrictions are not more restrictive in the aggregate than those contained 
in the New Credit Agreement as in effect on the date of the New Senior 
Subordinated Note Indenture, (iii) the New Senior Subordinated Note 
Indenture, the New Senior Subordinated Notes and the Subsidiary Guarantees, 
(iv) applicable law or any applicable rule, regulation or order, (v) any 
agreement or other instrument governing Indebtedness or Capital Stock of a 
Person acquired by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries as in effect at the 
time of such acquisition (except to the extent such Indebtedness was incurred 
in connection with or in contemplation of such acquisition), which 
encumbrance or restriction is not applicable to any Person, or the properties 
or assets of any Person, other than the Person, or the property or assets of 
the Person, so acquired, provided that, in the case of Indebtedness, such 
Indebtedness was permitted by the terms of the New Senior Subordinated Note 
Indenture to be incurred, (vi) by reason of customary non-assignment 
provisions in leases entered into in the ordinary course of business and 
consistent with past practices, (vii) purchase money obligations for property 
acquired in the ordinary course of business that impose restrictions of the 
nature described in clause (c) above on the property so acquired, (viii) 
customary provisions in bona fide contracts for the sale of property or 
assets, or (ix) Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness, provided that the 
restrictions contained in the agreements governing such Permitted Refinancing 
Indebtedness are not more restrictive in the aggregate than those contained 
in the agreements governing the Indebtedness being refinanced. 

 Merger, Consolidation or Sale of Assets 

   The New Senior Subordinated Note Indenture will provide that the Company 
may not consolidate or merge with or into (whether or not the Company is the 
surviving corporation), or sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise 
dispose of all or substantially all of its properties or assets in one or 
more related transactions, to another corporation, Person or entity unless 
(a) the Company is the surviving corporation or the entity or the Person 
formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than the 
Company) or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or 
other disposition shall have been made is a corporation organized or existing 
under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of 
Columbia, (b) the entity or Person formed by or surviving any such 
consolidation or merger (if other than the Company) or the entity or Person 
to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other 
disposition shall have been made assumes all the obligations of the Company 
under the New Senior Subordinated Notes and the New Senior Subordinated Note 
Indenture pursuant to a supplemental indenture in a form reasonably 
satisfactory to the Trustee, (c) immediately after such transaction no 
Default or Event of Default exists, and (d) except in the case of a merger of 
the Company with or into a Wholly Owned Subsidiary of the Company, the 
Company or the entity or Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation 
or merger (if other than the Company), or to which such sale, assignment, 
transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition shall have been made will, 
at the time of such transaction and after giving pro forma effect thereto as 
if such transaction had occurred at the beginning of the applicable 
four-quarter period, be permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional 
Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in 
the first paragraph of the covenant described above under the caption 
"--Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock." 

 Transactions with Affiliates 

   The New Senior Subordinated Note Indenture will provide that the Company 
will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, make any payment 
to, or sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its properties or 
assets to, or purchase any property or assets from, or enter into or make or 
amend any 

                               61           
<PAGE>
transaction, contract, agreement, understanding, loan, advance or guarantee 
with, or for the benefit of, any Affiliate of the Company (each of the 
foregoing, an "Affiliate Transaction"), unless (a) such Affiliate Transaction 
is on terms that are no less favorable to the Company or the relevant 
Subsidiary than those that would have been obtained in a comparable 
transaction by the Company or such Subsidiary with an unrelated Person, and 
(b) the Company delivers to the Trustee (i) with respect to any Affiliate 
Transaction or series of related Affiliate Transactions involving aggregate 
consideration in excess of $1.0 million, either (A) a resolution of the Board 
of Directors of the Company set forth in an officer's certificate certifying 
that such Affiliate Transaction complies with clause (a) above and that such 
Affiliate Transaction has been approved by a majority of the disinterested 
members of the Board of Directors of the Company and (ii) with respect to any 
Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate Transactions involving 
aggregate consideration in excess of $5.0 million, an opinion as to the 
fairness to the Company of such Affiliate Transaction from a financial point 
of view issued by an accounting, appraisal or investment banking firm of 
national standing; provided, however, that the following shall be deemed not 
to be Affiliate Transactions: (i) customary directors' fees, indemnification 
or similar arrangements or any employment agreement or other compensation 
plan or arrangement entered into by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries in 
the ordinary course of business (including ordinary course loans to employees 
not to exceed (A) $3.0 million outstanding in the aggregate at any time and 
(B) $1.5 million to any one employee) consistent with the past practice of 
the Company or such Subsidiary; (ii) transactions between or among the 
Company and/or its Wholly Owned Subsidiaries; (iii) transactions permitted by 
the provisions of the New Senior Subordinated Note Indenture described above 
under the caption "--Restricted Payments;" (iv) payments of customary fees by 
the Company or any of its Subsidiaries to DLJMB and its Affiliates made for 
any financial advisory, financing, underwriting or placement services or in 
respect of other investment banking activities, including, without 
limitation, in connection with acquisitions or divestitures which are 
approved by a majority of the Board of Directors of the Company in good 
faith; (v) any agreement as in effect on the date of the New Senior 
Subordinated Note Indenture or any amendment thereto (so long as such 
amendment is not disadvantageous to the holders of the New Senior 
Subordinated Notes in any material respect) or any transaction contemplated 
thereby; (vi) the existence of, or the performance by the Company of any of 
its Subsidiaries of its obligations under the terms of, any stockholders 
agreement (including any registration rights agreement or purchase agreement 
related thereto) to which it is a party as of the date of the New Senior 
Subordinated Note Indenture and any similar agreements which it may enter 
into thereafter so long as such similar agreements contain only terms that 
are customary of stockholders and registration rights agreements; and (vii) 
payments and transactions in connection with the Refinancing Plan, the New 
Credit Agreement (including commitment, syndication and arrangement fees 
payable thereunder), the Offering and the Common Stock Offering (including 
underwriting discounts and commissions in connection therewith) and the 
application of the proceeds thereof, and the payment of the fees and expenses 
with respect thereto. 

  Sale and Leaseback Transactions 

   The New Senior Subordinated Note Indenture will provide that the Company 
will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, enter into any sale 
and leaseback transaction; provided, however, that the Company or any 
Subsidiary may enter into a sale and leaseback transaction if (a) the Company 
could have (i) incurred Indebtedness in an amount equal to the Attributable 
Indebtedness relating to such sale and leaseback transaction pursuant to the 
Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in the first paragraph of the 
covenant described under the heading "--Incurrence of Indebtedness and 
Issuance of Preferred Stock" and (ii) incurred a Lien to secure such 
Indebtedness pursuant to the covenant described above under the heading 
"--Liens," (b) the gross cash proceeds of such sale and leaseback transaction 
are at least equal to the fair market value (as determined in good faith by 
the Board of Directors of the Company and set forth in an officer's 
certificate delivered to the Trustee) of the property that is the subject of 
such sale and leaseback transaction and (c) the transfer of assets in such 
sale and leaseback transaction is permitted by, and the Company applies the 
proceeds of such transaction in compliance with, the covenant described under 
the heading "--Repurchase at the Option of Holders--Asset Sales." 

 Issuances and Sales of Capital Stock of Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries 

   The New Senior Subordinated Note Indenture will provide that the Company 
(a) will not permit any Wholly Owned Subsidiary of the Company to issue any 
of its Equity Interests to any Person other than 

                               62           
<PAGE>
to the Company or a Wholly Owned Subsidiary of the Company, and (b) will not, 
and will not permit any Wholly Owned Subsidiary of the Company to, transfer, 
convey, sell, lease or otherwise dispose of any Capital Stock of any Wholly 
Owned Subsidiary of the Company to any Person (other than the Company or any 
Wholly Owned Subsidiary of the Company) unless (i) such transfer, conveyance, 
sale, lease or other disposition is of all of the Capital Stock of such 
Wholly Owned Subsidiary and (ii) the Net Proceeds from such transfer, 
conveyance, sale, lease or other disposition are applied in accordance with 
the covenant described under the caption "--Repurchase at the Option of 
Holders--Asset Sales"; provided that this clause (b) shall not apply to any 
pledge of Capital Stock of any Wholly Owned Subsidiary of the Company 
securing Indebtedness under the New Credit Agreement. 

 Additional Subsidiary Guarantees 

   The New Senior Subordinated Note Indenture will provide that if the 
Company or any of its Subsidiaries shall, after the date of the New Senior 
Subordinated Note Indenture, acquire or create another Subsidiary, then such 
newly acquired, created or designated Subsidiary shall execute a Subsidiary 
Guarantee and deliver an opinion of counsel in accordance with the terms of 
the New Senior Subordinated Note Indenture. 

 No Senior Subordinated Debt 

   The New Senior Subordinated Note Indenture will provide that the Company 
will not incur, create, issue, assume, guarantee or otherwise become liable 
for any Indebtedness that is subordinate or junior in right of payment to any 
Senior Debt and senior in any respect in right of payment to the New Senior 
Subordinated Notes. 

 Reports 

   The New Senior Subordinated Note Indenture will provide that, whether or 
not the Company is required to do so by the rules and regulations of the 
Commission, the Company will file with the Commission (unless the Commission 
will not accept such a filing) and, within 15 days of filing, or attempting 
to file, the same with the Commission, furnish to the holders of the New 
Senior Subordinated Notes (a) all quarterly and annual financial and other 
information with respect to the Company and its Subsidiaries that would be 
required to be contained in a filing with the Commission on Forms 10-Q and 
10-K if the Company were required to file such forms, including a 
"Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of 
Operations" and, with respect to the annual information only, a report 
thereon by the Company's certified independent accountants, and (b) all 
current reports that would be required to be filed with the Commission on 
Form 8-K if the Company were required to file such reports. 

EVENTS OF DEFAULT AND REMEDIES 

   The New Senior Subordinated Note Indenture will provide that each of the 
following constitutes an Event of Default: (a) default for 30 days in the 
payment when due of interest on the New Senior Subordinated Notes (whether or 
not prohibited by the subordination provisions of the New Senior Subordinated 
Note Indenture); (b) default in payment when due of the principal of or 
premium (if any) on the New Senior Subordinated Notes (whether or not 
prohibited by the subordination provisions of the New Senior Subordinated 
Note Indenture); (c) failure by the Company to comply with the provisions 
described under the captions "--Repurchase at the Option of Holders--Change 
of Control," "--Repurchase at the Option of Holders--Asset Sales," "--Certain 
Covenants--Restricted Payments," "--Certain Covenants--Incurrence of 
Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock" or "--Certain 
Covenants--Merger, Consolidation or Sale of Assets;" (d) failure by the 
Company for 60 days after notice to comply with any of its other agreements 
in the New Senior Subordinated Note Indenture or the New Senior Subordinated 
Notes; (e) default under any mortgage, indenture or instrument under which 
there may be issued or by which there may be secured or evidenced any 
Indebtedness for money borrowed by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries (or 
the payment of which is guaranteed by the Company or any of its 
Subsidiaries), whether such Indebtedness or guarantee now exists or is 
created after the date of the 

                               63           
<PAGE>
New Senior Subordinated Note Indenture, which default (i) is caused by a 
failure to pay principal of or premium (if any) or interest on such 
Indebtedness at its final stated maturity prior to the expiration of any 
grace period provided in such Indebtedness (a "Payment Default") or (ii) 
results in the acceleration of such Indebtedness prior to its express 
maturity and, in each case, the principal amount of any such Indebtedness, 
together with the principal amount of any other such Indebtedness under which 
there has been a Payment Default or the maturity of which has been so 
accelerated, aggregates $5.0 million or more; (f) failure by the Company or 
any of its Subsidiaries to pay final judgments aggregating in excess of $5.0 
million, which judgments are not paid, discharged or stayed for a period of 
60 days; (g) failure by any Subsidiary Guarantor to perform any covenant set 
forth in its Subsidiary Guarantee, or the repudiation by any Subsidiary 
Guarantor of its obligations under its Subsidiary Guarantee or the 
unenforceability of any Subsidiary Guarantee against a Subsidiary Guarantor 
for any reason, unless, in each such case, such Subsidiary Guarantor and its 
Subsidiaries have no Indebtedness outstanding at such time or at any time 
thereafter; and (h) certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency with respect 
to the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries. 

   If any Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the 
holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the then outstanding New 
Senior Subordinated Notes may declare all the New Senior Subordinated Notes 
to be due and payable immediately; provided, that so long as any Indebtedness 
permitted to be incurred pursuant to the New Credit Agreement shall be 
outstanding, such acceleration shall not be effective until the earlier of 
(a) any acceleration of any such Indebtedness under the New Credit Agreement 
and (b) five business days after receipt by the Company of written notice of 
such acceleration. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the case of an Event of 
Default arising from certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency with respect 
to the Company, any Significant Subsidiary or any group of Subsidiaries that, 
taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary, all outstanding 
New Senior Subordinated Notes will become due and payable without further 
action or notice. Holders of the New Senior Subordinated Notes may not 
enforce the New Senior Subordinated Note Indenture or the New Senior 
Subordinated Notes except as provided in the New Senior Subordinated Note 
Indenture. In the event of a declaration of acceleration of the New Senior 
Subordinated Notes because an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing 
as a result of the acceleration of any Indebtedness described in clause (e) 
of the preceding paragraph, the declaration of acceleration of the New Senior 
Subordinated Notes shall be automatically annulled if the holders of any 
Indebtedness described in clause (e) have rescinded the declaration of 
acceleration in respect of such Indebtedness within 30 days of the date of 
such declaration and if (i) the annulment of the acceleration of the New 
Senior Subordinated Notes would not conflict with any judgment or decree of a 
court of competent jurisdiction, and (ii) all existing Events of Default, 
except nonpayment of principal or interest on the New Senior Subordinated 
Notes that became due solely because of the acceleration of the New Senior 
Subordinated Notes, have been cured or waived. 

   Subject to certain limitations, holders of a majority in principal amount 
of the then outstanding New Senior Subordinated Notes may direct the Trustee 
in its exercise of any trust or power. The Trustee may withhold from holders 
of the New Senior Subordinated Notes notice of any continuing Default or 
Event of Default (except a Default or Event of Default relating to the 
payment of principal or interest) if it determines that withholding notice is 
in their interest. 

   In the case of any Event of Default occurring by reason of any willful 
action (or inaction) taken (or not taken) by or on behalf of the Company with 
the intention of avoiding payment of the premium that the Company would have 
had to pay if the Company then had elected to redeem the New Senior 
Subordinated Notes pursuant to the optional redemption provisions of the New 
Senior Subordinated Note Indenture, an equivalent premium shall also become 
and be immediately due and payable to the extent permitted by law upon the 
acceleration of the New Senior Subordinated Notes. If an Event of Default 
occurs prior to February 15, 2003 by reason of any willful action (or 
inaction) taken (or not taken) by or on behalf of the Company with the 
intention of avoiding the prohibition on redemption of the New Senior 
Subordinated Notes prior to such date, then the premium specified in the New 
Senior Subordinated Note Indenture shall also become immediately due and 
payable to the extent permitted by law upon the acceleration of the New 
Senior Subordinated Notes. 

                               64           
<PAGE>
   The holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the New Senior 
Subordinated Notes then outstanding by notice to the Trustee may on behalf of 
the holders of all of the New Senior Subordinated Notes waive any existing 
Default or Event of Default and its consequences under the New Senior 
Subordinated Note Indenture except a continuing Default or Event of Default 
in the payment of the principal of or interest on the New Senior Subordinated 
Notes. 

   The Company is required to deliver to the Trustee annually a statement 
regarding compliance with the New Senior Subordinated Note Indenture, and the 
Company is required upon becoming aware of any Default or Event of Default to 
deliver to the Trustee a statement specifying such Default or Event of 
Default. 

NO PERSONAL LIABILITY OF DIRECTORS, OFFICERS, EMPLOYEES AND STOCKHOLDERS 

   No director, officer, employee, incorporator or stockholder of the Company 
or any Subsidiary Guarantor, as such, shall have any liability for any 
obligations of the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor under the New Senior 
Subordinated Notes, the Subsidiary Guarantees or the New Senior Subordinated 
Note Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, 
such obligations or their creation. Each holder of New Senior Subordinated 
Notes by accepting a New Senior Subordinated Note waives and releases all 
such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for 
issuance of the New Senior Subordinated Notes. Such waiver may not be 
effective to waive liabilities under the federal securities laws and it is 
the view of the Commission that such a waiver is against public policy. 

LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE 

   The Company may, at its option and at any time, elect to have all of its 
obligations discharged with respect to the outstanding New Senior 
Subordinated Notes and have each Subsidiary Guarantor's obligations 
discharged with respect to its Subsidiary Guarantee ("Legal Defeasance") 
except for (a) the rights of holders of outstanding New Senior Subordinated 
Notes to receive payments in respect of the principal of and premium (if any) 
and interest on such New Senior Subordinated Notes when such payments are due 
from the trust referred to below, (b) the Company's obligations with respect 
to the New Senior Subordinated Notes concerning issuing temporary New Senior 
Subordinated Notes, registration of New Senior Subordinated Notes, mutilated, 
destroyed, lost or stolen New Senior Subordinated Notes and the maintenance 
of an office or agency for payment and money for security payments held in 
trust, (c) the rights, powers, trusts, duties and immunities of the Trustee, 
and the Company's obligations in connection therewith and (d) the Legal 
Defeasance provisions of the New Senior Subordinated Note Indenture. In 
addition, the Company may, at its option and at any time, elect to have the 
obligations of the Company and each Subsidiary Guarantor released with 
respect to certain covenants that are described in the New Senior 
Subordinated Note Indenture ("Covenant Defeasance") and thereafter any 
omission to comply with such obligations shall not constitute a Default or 
Event of Default with respect to the New Senior Subordinated Notes. In the 
event Covenant Defeasance occurs, certain events (not including non-payment, 
bankruptcy, receivership, rehabilitation and insolvency events) described 
under "--Events of Default and Remedies" will no longer constitute an Event 
of Default with respect to the New Senior Subordinated Notes. 

   In order to exercise either Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance, (i) 
the Company must irrevocably deposit with the Trustee, in trust, for the 
benefit of the holders of the New Senior Subordinated Notes, cash in U.S. 
dollars, non-callable Government Securities, or a combination thereof, in 
such amounts as will be sufficient, in the opinion of a nationally recognized 
firm of independent public accountants, to pay the principal of and premium 
(if any) and interest on the outstanding New Senior Subordinated Notes on the 
stated maturity or on the applicable redemption date, as the case may be, and 
the Company must specify whether the New Senior Subordinated Notes are being 
defeased to maturity or to a particular redemption date, (ii) in the case of 
Legal Defeasance, the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an opinion 
of counsel in the United States reasonably acceptable to the Trustee 
confirming that (A) the Company has received from, or there has been 
published by, the Internal Revenue Service a ruling or (B) since the date of 
the New Senior Subordinated Note Indenture, there has been a change 

                               65           
<PAGE>
in the applicable federal income tax law, in either case to the effect that, 
and based thereon such opinion of counsel shall confirm that, the holders of 
the outstanding New Senior Subordinated Notes will not recognize income, gain 
or loss for federal income tax purposes as a result of such Legal Defeasance 
and will be subject to federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same 
manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Legal 
Defeasance had not occurred, (iii) in the case of Covenant Defeasance, the 
Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an opinion of counsel in the 
United States reasonably acceptable to the Trustee confirming that the 
holders of the outstanding New Senior Subordinated Notes will not recognize 
income, gain or loss for federal income tax purposes as a result of such 
Covenant Defeasance and will be subject to federal income tax on the same 
amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case 
if such Covenant Defeasance had not occurred, (iv) no Default or Event of 
Default shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit 
(other than a Default or Event of Default resulting from the borrowing of 
funds to be applied to such deposit), (v) such Legal Defeasance or Covenant 
Defeasance will not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a 
default under, any material agreement or instrument (other than the New 
Senior Subordinated Note Indenture) to which the Company or any of its 
Subsidiaries is a party or by which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is 
bound, (vi) the Company must have delivered to the Trustee an opinion of 
counsel to the effect that the trust funds will not be subject to the effect 
of any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or similar laws 
affecting creditors' rights generally, (vii) the Company must deliver to the 
Trustee an officer's certificate stating that the deposit was not made by the 
Company with the intent of preferring the holders of New Senior Subordinated 
Notes over the other creditors of the Company with the intent of defeating, 
hindering, delaying or defrauding creditors of the Company or others and 
(viii) the Company must deliver to the Trustee an officer's certificate and 
an opinion of counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent provided 
for relating to the Legal Defeasance or the Covenant Defeasance have been 
complied with. 

TRANSFER AND EXCHANGE 

   A holder of New Senior Subordinated Notes may transfer or exchange New 
Senior Subordinated Notes in accordance with the New Senior Subordinated Note 
Indenture. The registrar and the Trustee may require a holder, among other 
things, to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents and the 
Company may require a holder to pay any taxes and fees required by law or 
permitted by the New Senior Subordinated Note Indenture. The Company is not 
required to transfer or exchange any New Senior Subordinated Note selected 
for redemption. Also, the Company is not required to transfer or exchange any 
New Senior Subordinated Note for a period of 15 days before a selection of 
New Senior Subordinated Notes to be redeemed. 

   The registered holder of a New Senior Subordinated Note will be treated as 
the owner of it for all purposes. 

AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER 

   Except as provided in the next two succeeding paragraphs, the New Senior 
Subordinated Note Indenture, the New Senior Subordinated Notes or the 
Subsidiary Guarantees may be amended or supplemented with the consent of the 
holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the New Senior 
Subordinated Notes then outstanding (including, without limitation, consents 
obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer 
for, New Senior Subordinated Notes), and any existing default or compliance 
with any provision of the New Senior Subordinated Note Indenture, the New 
Senior Subordinated Notes or the Subsidiary Guarantees may be waived with the 
consent of the holders of a majority in principal amount of the then 
outstanding New Senior Subordinated Notes (including consents obtained in 
connection with a tender offer or exchange offer for New Senior Subordinated 
Notes). 

   Without the consent of each holder affected, an amendment or waiver may 
not (with respect to any New Senior Subordinated Notes held by a 
non-consenting holder): (a) reduce the principal amount of New Senior 
Subordinated Notes whose holders must consent to an amendment, supplement or 
waiver, (b) reduce the principal of or change the fixed maturity of any New 
Senior Subordinated Note or alter the 

                               66           
<PAGE>
provisions with respect to the redemption of the New Senior Subordinated 
Notes (including as described under the caption "--Repurchase at the Option 
of Holders"), (c) reduce the rate of or change the time for payment of 
interest on any New Senior Subordinated Note, (d) waive a Default or Event of 
Default in the payment of principal of or premium (if any) or interest on the 
New Senior Subordinated Notes (except a rescission of acceleration of the New 
Senior Subordinated Notes by the holders of at least a majority in aggregate 
principal amount of the New Senior Subordinated Notes and a waiver of the 
payment default that resulted from such acceleration), (e) make any New 
Senior Subordinated Note payable in money other than that stated in the New 
Senior Subordinated Notes, (f) make any change in the provisions of the New 
Senior Subordinated Note Indenture relating to waivers of past Defaults or 
the rights of holders of New Senior Subordinated Notes to receive payments of 
principal of and premium (if any) and interest on the New Senior Subordinated 
Notes, (g) waive a redemption payment with respect to any New Senior 
Subordinated Note (including a payment as described under the caption 
"--Repurchase at the Option of Holders"), (h) except as provided under the 
caption "--Legal Defeasance and Covenant Defesance" or in accordance with the 
terms of any Subsidiary Guarantee, release a Subsidiary Guarantor from its 
obligations under its Subsidiary Guarantee or make any change in a Subsidiary 
Guarantee that would adversely affect the holders of the New Senior 
Subordinated Notes and (i) make any change in the foregoing amendment and 
waiver provisions. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any amendment to the 
provisions of the Subsidiary Guarantees relating to subordination or Article 
10 of the New Senior Subordinated Note Indenture (which relates to 
subordination) will require the consent of the holders of at least 75% in 
aggregate principal amount of the New Senior Subordinated Notes then 
outstanding if such amendment would adversely affect the rights of holders of 
New Senior Subordinated Notes. 

   Notwithstanding the foregoing, without the consent of any holder of New 
Senior Subordinated Notes, the Company, a Subsidiary Guarantor (with respect 
to a Subsidiary Guarantee or the New Senior Subordinated Note Indenture to 
which it is a party) and the Trustee may amend or supplement the New Senior 
Subordinated Note Indenture, the New Senior Subordinated Notes or the 
Subsidiary Guarantees to cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency, to 
provide for uncertificated New Senior Subordinated Notes in addition to or in 
place of certificated New Senior Subordinated Notes, to provide for the 
assumption of the Company's or the Subsidiary Guarantor's obligations to 
holders of New Senior Subordinated Notes in the case of a merger or 
consolidation, to make any change that would provide any additional rights or 
benefits to the holders of New Senior Subordinated Notes or that does not 
adversely affect the legal rights under the New Senior Subordinated Note 
Indenture of any such holder, or to comply with requirements of the 
Commission in order to effect or maintain the qualification of the New Senior 
Subordinated Note Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act or to allow any 
Subsidiary Guarantor to guarantee the New Senior Subordinated Notes. 

CONCERNING THE TRUSTEE 

   The New Senior Subordinated Note Indenture contains certain limitations on 
the rights of the Trustee, should it become a creditor of the Company, to 
obtain payment of claims in certain cases, or to realize on certain property 
received in respect of any such claim as security or otherwise. The Trustee 
will be permitted to engage in other transactions; however, if it acquires 
any conflicting interest it must eliminate such conflict within 90 days and 
apply to the Commission for permission to continue or resign. 

   The holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding New 
Senior Subordinated Notes will have the right to direct the time, method and 
place of conducting any proceeding for exercising any remedy available to the 
Trustee, subject to certain exceptions. The New Senior Subordinated Note 
Indenture provides that in case an Event of Default shall occur (which shall 
not be cured), the Trustee will be required, in the exercise of its power, to 
use the degree of care of a prudent man in the conduct of his own affairs. 
Subject to such provisions, the Trustee will be under no obligation to 
exercise any of its rights or powers under the New Senior Subordinated Note 
Indenture at the request of any holder of New Senior Subordinated Notes, 
unless such holder shall have offered to the Trustee security and indemnity 
satisfactory to it against any loss, liability or expense. 

CERTAIN DEFINITIONS 

   Set forth below are certain defined terms used in the New Senior 
Subordinated Note Indenture. Reference is made to the New Senior Subordinated 
Note Indenture for a full disclosure of all such terms, as well as any other 
capitalized terms used herein for which no definition is provided. 

                               67           
<PAGE>
   "Acquired Indebtedness" means, with respect to any specified Person, (i) 
Indebtedness of any other Person existing at the time such other Person is 
merged with or into or became a Subsidiary of such specified Person, 
including, without limitation, Indebtedness incurred in connection with, or 
in contemplation of, such other Person merging with or into or becoming a 
Subsidiary of such specified Person, and (ii) Indebtedness secured by a Lien 
encumbering an asset acquired by such specified Person at the time such asset 
is acquired by such specified Person. 

   "Affiliate" of any specified Person means any other Person which, directly 
or indirectly, controls, is controlled by or is under direct or indirect 
common control with, such specified Person. For purposes of this definition, 
"control" when used with respect to any Person means the power to direct the 
management and policies of such Person, directly or indirectly, whether 
through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise; 
provided that beneficial ownership of 10% or more of the voting securities of 
a Person shall be deemed to be control, and the terms "controlling" and 
"controlled" have meanings correlative to the foregoing. 

   "Asset Sale" means (a) the sale, lease, conveyance, disposition or other 
transfer (a "disposition") of any properties, assets or rights (including, 
without limitation, a sale and leaseback transaction) or (b) the issuance, 
sale or transfer by the Company of Equity Interests of a Subsidiary, and in 
the case of either clause (a) or (b), whether in a single transaction or a 
series of related transactions for Net Proceeds in excess of $1.0 million; 
provided, however, that the following transactions will be deemed not to be 
Asset Sales: (i) sales of inventory in the ordinary course of business; (ii) 
a disposition of assets by the Company to a Wholly Owned Subsidiary or by a 
Wholly Owned Subsidiary of the Company to the Company or to another Wholly 
Owned Subsidiary of the Company; (iii) a disposition of Equity Interests by a 
Wholly Owned Subsidiary of the Company to the Company or to another Wholly 
Owned Subsidiary of the Company; (iv) the sale and leaseback of any assets 
within 90 days of the acquisition of such assets; and (v) a Permitted 
Investment or Restricted Payment that is permitted by the New Senior 
Subordinated Note Indenture. 

   "Attributable Indebtedness" in respect of a sale and leaseback transaction 
means, at the time of determination, the present value (discounted at the 
rate of interest implicit in such transaction, determined in accordance with 
GAAP) of the obligation of the lessee for net rental payments during the 
remaining term of the lease included in such sale and leaseback transaction 
(including any period for which such lease has been extended or may, at the 
option of the lessor, be extended). 

   "Capital Expenditure Indebtedness" means Indebtedness incurred by any 
Person to finance the purchase or construction of any property or assets 
acquired or constructed by such Person which have a useful life of more than 
one year so long as (a) the purchase or construction price for such property 
or assets is included in "addition to property, plant or equipment" in 
accordance with GAAP, (b) the acquisition or construction of such property or 
assets is not part of any acquisition of a Person or line of business and (c) 
such Indebtedness is incurred within 90 days of the acquisition or completion 
of construction of such property or assets. 

   "Capital Lease Obligation" means, at the time any determination thereof is 
to be made, the amount of the liability in respect of a capital lease that 
would at such time be required to be capitalized on a balance sheet in 
accordance with GAAP. 

   "Capital Stock" means (a) in the case of a corporation, corporate stock, 
(b) in the case of an association or business entity, any and all shares, 
interests, participations, rights or other equivalents (however designated) 
of corporate stock, (c) in the case of a partnership or limited liability 
company, partnership or membership interests (whether general or limited), 
and (d) any other interest or participation that confers on a person the 
right to receive a share of the profits and losses of, or distributions of 
assets of, the issuing Person. 

   "Cash Equivalents" means (a) United States dollars, (b) securities issued 
or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the United States government 
or any agency or instrumentality thereof having maturities of not more than 
six months from the date of acquisition, (c) certificates of deposit and 
eurodollar time deposits with maturities of six months or less from the date 
of acquisition, bankers' acceptances with maturities not exceeding six months 
and overnight bank deposits, in each case with any 

                               68           
<PAGE>
domestic commercial bank having capital and surplus in excess of $500.0 
million, (d) repurchase obligations with a term of not more than seven days 
for underlying securities of the types described in clauses (b) and (c) above 
entered into with any financial institution meeting the qualifications 
specified in clause (c) above, (e) commercial paper having the highest rating 
obtainable from Moody's Investors Service, Inc. or Standard & Poor's Rating 
Service and in each case maturing within six months after the date of 
acquisition and (f) any fund investing exclusively in investments of the 
types described in clauses (a) through (e) above. 

   "Consolidated Cash Flow" means, with respect to any Person for any period, 
the Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period plus (a) an amount 
equal to any extraordinary loss plus any net loss realized in connection with 
an Asset Sale (to the extent such losses were deducted in computing such 
Consolidated Net Income), plus (b) provision for taxes based on income or 
profits of such Person and its Subsidiaries for such period, to the extent 
that such provision for taxes was included in computing such Consolidated Net 
Income, plus (c) consolidated interest expense of such Person and its 
Subsidiaries for such period, whether paid or accrued and whether or not 
capitalized (including, without limitation, amortization of debt issuance 
costs and original issue discount, non-cash interest payments, the interest 
component of any deferred payment obligations, the interest component of all 
payments associated with Capital Lease Obligations, commissions, discounts 
and other fees and charges incurred in respect of letter of credit or 
bankers' acceptance financings, and net payments (if any) pursuant to Hedging 
Obligations), to the extent that any such expense was deducted in computing 
such Consolidated Net Income, plus (d) depreciation, amortization (including 
amortization of goodwill and other intangibles but excluding amortization of 
prepaid cash expenses (other than deferred rental expense) that were paid in 
a prior period) and other non-cash expenses (excluding any such non-cash 
expense to the extent that it represents an accrual of or reserve for cash 
expenses in any future period or amortization of a prepaid cash expense that 
was paid in a prior period) of such Person and its Subsidiaries for such 
period to the extent that such depreciation, amortization and other non-cash 
expenses were deducted in computing such Consolidated Net Income. 

   "Consolidated Net Income" means, with respect to any Person for any 
period, the aggregate of the Net Income of such Person and its Subsidiaries 
for such period, on a consolidated basis, determined in accordance with GAAP; 
provided that (a) the Net Income (but not loss) of any Person that is not a 
Subsidiary or that is accounted for by the equity method of accounting shall 
be included only to the extent of the amount of dividends or distributions 
paid in cash to the referent Person or a Wholly Owned Subsidiary thereof, (b) 
the Net Income of any Subsidiary shall be excluded to the extent that the 
declaration or payment of dividends or similar distributions by that 
Subsidiary of that Net Income is not at the date of determination permitted 
without any prior governmental approval (that has not been obtained) or, 
directly or indirectly, by operation of the terms of its charter or any 
agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order, statute, rule or governmental 
regulation applicable to that Subsidiary or its stockholders, (c) the Net 
Income of any Person acquired in a pooling of interests transaction for any 
period prior to the date of such acquisition shall be excluded, and (d) the 
cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles shall be excluded. 

   "Default" means any event that is or with the passage of time or the 
giving of notice or both would be an Event of Default. 

   "Designated Senior Debt" means, with respect to any Person, (i) any 
Indebtedness of such Person outstanding under the New Credit Agreement and 
thereafter (ii) any other Senior Debt of such Person permitted under the New 
Senior Subordinated Note Indenture the principal amount of which is $25 
million or more and that has been designated by such Person as "Designated 
Senior Debt." 

   "Disqualified Stock" means any Capital Stock that, by its terms (or by the 
terms of any security into which it is convertible or for which it is 
exchangeable), or upon the happening of any event, matures or is mandatorily 
redeemable, pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise is 
exchangeable for Indebtedness (except to the extent exchangeable at the 
option of such Person subject to the terms of any debt instrument to which 
such Person is a party) or redeemable at the option of the holder thereof, in 
whole or in part, on or prior to the date that is 91 days after the date on 
which the New Senior Subordinated Notes mature; provided, however, that any 
Capital Stock that would constitute Disqualified 

                               69           
<PAGE>
Stock solely because the holders thereof have the right to require the 
Company to repurchase such Capital Stock upon the occurrence of a Change of 
Control or an Asset Sale shall not constitute Disqualified Stock if the terms 
of such Capital Stock provide that the Company may not repurchase or redeem 
any such Capital Stock pursuant to such provisions unless such repurchase or 
redemption complies with the covenant described above under the caption 
"--Certain Covenants--Restricted Payments." 

   "DLJMB" means DLJ Merchant Banking Partners II, L.P. and its Affiliates. 

   "Equity Interests" means Capital Stock and all warrants, options or other 
rights to acquire Capital Stock (but excluding any debt security that is 
convertible into, or exchangeable for, Capital Stock). 

   "Existing Indebtedness" means Indebtedness of the Company and its 
Subsidiaries (other than Indebtedness under the New Credit Agreement) in 
existence on the date of the New Senior Subordinated Note Indenture, until 
such amounts are repaid. 

   "Fixed Charges" means, with respect to any Person for any period, the sum 
of (a) consolidated interest expense of such Person and its Subsidiaries for 
such period, whether paid or accrued (including, without limitation, 
amortization of debt issuance costs and original issue discount, non-cash 
interest payments, the interest component of any deferred payment 
obligations, the interest component of all payments associated with Capital 
Lease Obligations and net payments (if any) pursuant to Hedging Obligations), 
and (b) commissions, discounts and other fees and charges incurred with 
respect to letters of credit and bankers' acceptances financing, and (c) any 
interest expense on Indebtedness of another Person that is guaranteed by such 
Person or secured by a Lien on assets of such Person and (d) the product of 
(i) all dividend payments on any series of preferred stock of such Person 
(other than dividends payable solely in Equity Interests that are not 
Disqualified Stock), times (ii) a fraction, the numerator or of which is one 
and the denominator of which is one minus the then current combined federal, 
state and local statutory tax rate of such Person, expressed as decimal, in 
each case, on a consolidated basis and in accordance with GAAP. 

   "Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio" means with respect to any Person for any 
period, the ratio of the Consolidated Cash Flow of such Person and its 
Subsidiaries for such period (exclusive of amounts attributable to 
discontinued operations, as determined in accordance with GAAP, or operations 
and businesses disposed of prior to the Calculation Date (as defined below)) 
to the Fixed Charges of such Person for such period (exclusive of amounts 
attributable to discontinued operations, as determined in accordance with 
GAAP, or operations and businesses disposed of prior to the Calculation Date, 
but only to the extent that the obligations giving rise to such Fixed Charges 
would no longer be obligations contributing to such Person's Fixed Charges 
subsequent to the Calculation Date). In the event that the Company or any of 
its Subsidiaries incurs, assumes, guarantees or redeems any Indebtedness 
(other than revolving credit borrowings) or issues preferred stock subsequent 
to the commencement of the period for which the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio 
is being calculated but prior to the date on which the event for which the 
calculation of the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is made (the "Calculation 
Date"), then the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro 
forma effect to such incurrence, assumption, guarantee or redemption of 
Indebtedness, or such issuance or redemption of preferred stock, as if the 
same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter reference 
period. For purposes of making the computation referred to above, 
acquisitions that have been made by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, 
including all mergers and consolidations and any related financing 
transactions, during the four-quarter reference period or subsequent to such 
reference period and on or prior to the Calculation Date shall be calculated 
on a pro forma basis and shall be deemed to have occurred on the first day of 
such four-quarter reference period and Consolidated Cash Flow for such 
reference period shall be calculated to include the Consolidated Cash Flow of 
the acquired entities (adjusted to exclude (x) the cost of any compensation, 
remuneration or other benefit paid or provided to any employee, consultant, 
Affiliate or equity owner of the acquired entities to the extent such costs 
are eliminated and not replaced and (y) the amount of any reduction in 
general, administrative or overhead costs of the acquired entities, in each 
case, as determined in good faith by an officer of the Company) without 
giving effect to clause (c) of the proviso set forth in the definition of 
Consolidated Net Income. 

                               70           
<PAGE>
   "GAAP" means generally accepted accounting principles set forth in the 
opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board of the 
American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and 
pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board or in such other 
statements by such other entity as have been approved by a significant 
segment of the accounting profession, which are in effect as of the date of 
the New Senior Subordinated Note Indenture. 

   "guarantee" means a guarantee (other than by endorsement of negotiable 
instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business), direct or 
indirect, in any manner (including, without limitation, letters of credit and 
reimbursement agreements in respect thereof), of all or any part of any 
Indebtedness. 

   "Hedging Obligations" means, with respect to any Person, the obligations 
of such Person under interest rate swap agreements, interest rate cap 
agreements, interest rate collar agreements and other agreements or 
arrangements designed to protect such Person against fluctuations in interest 
rates. 

   "Indebtedness" means, with respect to any Person, any indebtedness of such 
Person, whether or not contingent, in respect of borrowed money or evidenced 
by bonds, notes, debentures or similar instruments or letters of credit (or 
reimbursement agreements in respect thereof) or bankers' acceptances or 
representing Capital Lease Obligations or the balance deferred and unpaid of 
the purchase price of any property or representing any Hedging Obligations, 
except any such balance that constitutes an accrued expense or trade payable, 
if and to the extent any of the foregoing indebtedness (other than letters of 
credit and Hedging Obligations) would appear as a liability upon a balance 
sheet of such Person prepared in accordance with GAAP, as well as 
Indebtedness of others secured by a Lien on any asset of such Person (whether 
or not such Indebtedness is assumed by such Person) and, to the extent not 
otherwise included, the guarantee by such Person of any Indebtedness of any 
other Person. The amount of any Indebtedness outstanding as of any date shall 
be (a) the accreted value thereof (together with any interest thereon that is 
more than 30 days past due), in the case of any Indebtedness that does not 
require current payments of interest, and (b) the principal amount thereof, 
in the case of any other Indebtedness. 

   "Investments" means, with respect to any Person, all investments by such 
Person in other Persons (including Affiliates) in the forms of direct or 
indirect loans (including guarantees by the referent Person of, and Liens on 
any assets of the referent Person securing, Indebtedness or other obligations 
of other Persons), advances or capital contributions (excluding commission, 
travel and similar advances to officers and employees made in the ordinary 
course of business), purchases or other acquisitions for consideration of 
Indebtedness, Equity Interests or other securities, together with all items 
that are or would be classified as investments on a balance sheet prepared in 
accordance with GAAP. If the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company sells 
or otherwise disposes of any Equity Interests of any direct or indirect 
Subsidiary of the Company such that, after giving effect to any such sale or 
disposition, such Person is no longer a Subsidiary of the Company, the 
Company shall be deemed to have made an Investment on the date of any such 
sale or disposition equal to the fair market value of the Equity Interests of 
such Subsidiary not sold or disposed of in an amount determined as provided 
in the final paragraph of the covenant described above under the caption 
"--Certain Covenants--Restricted Payments." 

   "Lien" means, with respect to any asset, any mortgage, lien, pledge, 
charge, security interest or encumbrance of any kind in respect of such 
asset, whether or not filed, recorded or otherwise perfected under applicable 
law (including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any 
lease in the nature thereof, any option or other agreement to sell or give a 
security interest in and any filing of or agreement to give any financing 
statement under the Uniform Commercial Code (or equivalent statutes) of any 
jurisdiction). 

   "Net Income" means, with respect to any Person, the net income (loss) of 
such Person, determined in accordance with GAAP and before any reduction in 
respect of preferred stock dividends, excluding, however, (a) any gain (but 
not loss), together with any related provision for taxes on such gain (but 
not loss), realized in connection with (i) any Asset Sale (including, without 
limitation, dispositions pursuant to sale and leaseback transactions) or (ii) 
the disposition of any securities by such Person or any of its Subsidiaries 
or the extinguishment of any Indebtedness of such Person or any of its 
Subsidiaries, and (b) any extraordinary or nonrecurring gain (but not loss), 
together with any related provision for taxes on such extraordinary or 
nonrecurring gain (but not loss). 

                               71           
<PAGE>
   "Net Proceeds" means the aggregate cash proceeds received by the Company 
or any of its Subsidiaries in respect of any Asset Sale (including, without 
limitation, any cash received upon the sale or other disposition of any 
non-cash consideration received in any Asset Sale), net of (without 
duplication) (a) the direct costs relating to such Asset Sale (including, 
without limitation, legal, accounting and investment banking fees, sales 
commissions, recording fees, title transfer fees, and appraiser fees) and any 
relocation expenses incurred as a result thereof, (b) taxes paid or estimated 
to be payable as a result thereof (after taking into account any available 
tax credits or deductions and any tax sharing arrangements), (c) amounts 
required to be applied to the repayment of Indebtedness (other than revolving 
credit Indebtedness incurred pursuant to the New Credit Agreement) secured by 
a Lien on the asset or assets that were the subject of such Asset Sale, and 
(d) any reserve established in accordance with GAAP or any amount placed in 
escrow, in either case for adjustment in respect of the sale price of such 
asset or assets, until such time as such reserve is reversed or such escrow 
arrangement is terminated, in which case Net Proceeds shall include only the 
amount of the reserve so reversed or the amount returned to the Company or 
its Subsidiaries from such escrow arrangement, as the case may be. 

   "New Credit Agreement" means the New Credit Agreement, including any 
related notes, guarantees, collateral and security documents, instruments and 
agreements executed in connection therewith, and in each case as amended, 
modified, renewed, refunded, replaced or refinanced from time to time, 
subject to the terms thereof and of the New Senior Subordinated Note 
Indenture. 

   "Obligations" means any principal, interest, premium, penalties, fees, 
indemnification, reimbursements, damages and other liabilities payable under 
the documentation governing any Indebtedness. 

   "Permitted Business" means any business in which the Company or the 
Subsidiary Guarantors are engaged on the date of the New Senior Subordinated 
Note Indenture or any business reasonably related, incidental or ancillary 
thereto. 

   "Permitted Investments" means (a) any Investment in the Company or in a 
Wholly Owned Subsidiary of the Company, (b) any Investment in cash or Cash 
Equivalents, (c) any Investment by the Company or any Subsidiary of the 
Company in a Person that is engaged in a Permitted Business if as a result of 
such Investment (i) such Person becomes a Wholly Owned Subsidiary of the 
Company and a Subsidiary Guarantor or (ii) such Person is merged, 
consolidated or amalgamated with or into, or transfers or conveys 
substantially all of its assets to, or is liquidated into, the Company or a 
Wholly Owned Subsidiary of the Company, (d) any Investment made as a result 
of the receipt of non-cash consideration from an Asset Sale that was made 
pursuant to and in compliance with the covenant described above under the 
caption "--Repurchase at the Option of Holders--Asset Sales," (e) any 
Investment acquired solely in exchange for Equity Interests (other than 
Disqualified Stock) of the Company, and (f) other Investments in any Person 
that is engaged in a Permitted Business which Investment has a fair market 
value (as determined by a resolution of the Board of Directors of the Company 
and set forth in an officer's certificate delivered to the Trustee), when 
taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (f) 
that are at the time outstanding, not to exceed $10.0 million. 

   "Permitted Junior Securities" means Equity Interests in the Company or a 
Subsidiary Guarantor or debt securities of the Company or a Subsidiary 
Guarantor that are subordinated to all Senior Debt (and any debt securities 
issued in exchange for Senior Debt) to substantially the same extent as, or 
to a greater extent than, the New Senior Subordinated Notes are subordinated 
to Senior Debt. 

   "Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness" means any Indebtedness of the Company 
or any of its Subsidiaries issued in exchange for, or the net proceeds of 
which are used to extend, refinance, renew, replace, defease or refund other 
Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries; provided that (a) the 
principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of such Permitted 
Refinancing Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount of (or accreted 
value, if applicable), plus premium, if any, and accrued interest on, the 
Indebtedness so extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased or refunded 
(plus the amount of reasonable expenses incurred in connection therewith), 
(b) such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness has a final maturity date no 
earlier than the final maturity date of, and has a Weighted Average Life to 
Maturity equal to or greater than the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of, 
the Indebtedness being extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased or 
refunded, (c) if the Indebtedness being extended, refinanced, renewed, 
replaced, defeased or refunded is subordinated in right of 

                               72           
<PAGE>
payment to the New Senior Subordinated Notes, such Permitted Refinancing 
Indebtedness is subordinated in right of payment to the New Senior 
Subordinated Notes on terms at least as favorable, taken as a whole, to the 
holders of New Senior Subordinated Notes as those contained in the 
documentation governing the Indebtedness being extended, refinanced, renewed, 
replaced, defeased or refunded, and (d) such Indebtedness is incurred either 
by the Company or by the Subsidiary who is the obligor on the Indebtedness 
being extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased or refunded. 

   "Principals" means DLJMB. 

   "Qualified Offering" means (i) any issuance of common stock or preferred 
stock by the Company (excluding Disqualified Stock) that is registered 
pursuant to the Securities Act, other than issuance registered on Form S-8 
and issuances registered on Form S-4, and (ii) any private issuance of common 
stock or preferred stock of the Company (excluding Disqualified Stock), other 
than issuances of common stock pursuant to employee benefit plans of the 
Company or otherwise as compensation of employees of the Company. 

   "Restricted Investment" means an Investment other than a Permitted 
Investment. 

   "Senior Debt" means, with respect to any Person, (a) all Obligations of 
such Person outstanding under the New Credit Agreement and all Hedging 
Obligations payable to a lender or an Affiliate thereof or to a Person that 
was a lender or an Affiliate thereof at the time the contract was entered 
into under the New Credit Agreement or any of its Affiliates, including, 
without limitation, interest accruing subsequent to the filing of, or which 
would have accrued but for the filing of, a petition for bankruptcy, whether 
or not such interest is an allowable claim in such bankruptcy proceeding, (b) 
any other Indebtedness of such Person unless the instrument under which such 
Indebtedness is incurred expressly provides that it is subordinated in right 
of payment to any other Senior Debt of such Person, and (c) all Obligations 
with respect to the foregoing. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in 
the foregoing, Senior Debt will not include (i) any liability for federal, 
state, local or other taxes, (ii) any Indebtedness of such Person to any of 
its Subsidiaries, (iii) any trade payables or (iv) any Indebtedness that is 
incurred in violation of the New Senior Subordinated Note Indenture. 

   "Significant Subsidiary" means any Subsidiary that would be a "significant 
subsidiary" as defined in Article 1, Rule 1-02 of Regulation S-X, promulgated 
pursuant to the Securities Act, as such Regulation is in effect on the date 
hereof. 

   "Stated Maturity" means, with respect to any installment of interest or 
principal on any series of Indebtedness, the date on which such payment of 
interest or principal was scheduled to be paid in the original documentation 
governing such Indebtedness, and shall not include any contingent obligations 
to repay, redeem or repurchase any such interest or principal prior to the 
date originally scheduled for the payment thereof. 

   "Subsidiary" means, with respect to any Person, (a) any corporation, 
association or other business entity of which more than 50% of the total 
voting power of shares of Capital Stock entitled (without regard to the 
occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, managers 
or trustees thereof is at the time owned or controlled, directly or 
indirectly, by such Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that 
Person (or a combination thereof) and (b) any partnership (i) the sole 
general partner or the managing general partner of which is such Person or a 
Subsidiary of such Person or (ii) the only general partners of which are such 
Person or of one or more Subsidiaries of such Person (or any combination 
thereof). 

   "Weighted Average Life to Maturity" means, when applied to any 
Indebtedness at any date, the number of years obtained by dividing (a) the 
sum of the products obtained by multiplying (i) the amount of each then 
remaining installment, sinking fund, serial maturity or other required 
payments of principal, including payment at final maturity, in respect 
thereof, by (ii) the number of years (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth) 
that will elapse between such date and the making of such payment, by (b) the 
then outstanding principal amount of such Indebtedness. 

   "Wholly Owned Subsidiary" of any Person means a Subsidiary of such Person 
all of the outstanding Capital Stock or other ownership interests of which 
(other than directors' qualifying shares) shall at the time be owned by such 
Person or by one or more Wholly Owned Subsidiaries of such Person. 

                               73           
<PAGE>
                  DESCRIPTION OF CERTAIN INDEBTEDNESS 

NEW CREDIT AGREEMENT 

   In connection with the Refinancing Plan, the Company will enter into the 
New Credit Agreement pursuant to which DLJ Capital Funding, Inc., an 
affiliate of DLJ, will act as an arranger and syndication agent, and Fleet 
National Bank N.A., as administrative agent. The New Credit Agreement is 
expected to provide for total lending commitments of up to $160.0 million. 
The New Credit Agreement will be comprised of (i) a Revolving Credit Facility 
of up to $30.0 million, which includes borrowing capacity available for 
letters of credit and for same-day notice swingline loans, (ii) Tranche A 
Term Loans of up to $50.0 million and (iii) Tranche B Term Loans of up to 
$80.0 million. Borrowings under the New Credit Agreement, together with the 
proceeds of the Offering and the Common Stock Offering, will be used to repay 
the Company's existing indebtedness as described under "Use of Proceeds." The 
proceeds of loans under the New Credit Agreement may also be used to fund the 
Company's working capital needs, capital expenditures and other general 
corporate purposes, including the issuance of letters of credit. 

   Borrowings under the New Credit Agreement, like the Company's Existing 
Credit Agreement, will bear interest annually, at the Company's option, at 
the rate based on either (i) an "Alternate Base Rate" (defined as, generally, 
the higher of the Federal Funds Rate, as published by the Federal Reserve 
Bank of New York, plus 0.5%, or the administrative agent's prime lending 
rate) plus (a) in the case of Tranche A Term Loans or revolving credit loans, 
1.5% or (b) in the case of Tranche B Term Loans, 1.75% or (ii) a 
reserve-adjusted "LIBO" rate, plus (x) in the case of Tranche A Term Loans or 
revolving credit loans, 2.5% or (y) in the case of Tranche B Term Loans, 
2.75%. Margins set forth for Tranche A Term Loans and revolving credit loans 
will be subject to certain performance-based reductions occurring not earlier 
than six months from the closing date of the New Credit Agreement. In 
addition, the Company must pay a fee on the face amount of each letter of 
credit outstanding at a rate equal to the LIBO margin. 

   It is expected that borrowings under the New Credit Agreement will be 
guaranteed by, and secured by a pledge of all of the capital stock and assets 
of, the Company's subsidiaries. 

   The New Credit Agreement will contain various covenants that limit or 
restrict, among other things, subject to certain exceptions, the incurrence 
of indebtedness, the creation of liens, transactions with affiliates, 
restricted payments, investments and acquisitions, mergers, consolidations, 
dissolutions, asset sales, dividends, distributions, and certain other 
transactions and business activities by the Company. 

                               74           


<PAGE>
                             PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION 

   This Prospectus has been prepared for use by DLJ in connection with offers 
and sales of the New Senior Subordinated Notes in market-making transactions 
at negotiated prices related to prevailing market prices at the time of the 
sale. DLJ may act as principal or agent in such transactions. The Company has 
been advised by DLJ that it intends to make a market in the New Senior 
Subordinated Notes; however, DLJ is not obligated to do so. Any market-making 
may be discontinued at any time, and there is no assurance that an active 
public market for the New Senior Subordinated Notes will develop or, that if 
such market develops, that it will continue. DLJ served as the underwriter in 
the Offering and received total underwriting discounts and commissions of 
$3.0 million in connection therewith. 

   DLJ also acted as one of the underwriters in connection with the Common 
Stock Offering and received customary discounts and commissions in connection 
therewith. DLJ Capital Funding, Inc. is one of the lenders under the Existing 
Credit Agreement. The proceeds of the Offering, together with the proceeds 
from the Common Stock Offering and the New Credit Agreement, are being used 
to effect the Refinancing Plan, including the repayment of the Existing 
Credit Agreement. DLJ Capital Funding, Inc., an affiliate of DLJ, is the 
syndication agent and a lender under the New Credit Agreement. From time to 
time, DLJ provides investment banking services to the Company, for which it 
receives customary compensation. See "Certain Relationships and Related 
Transactions." 

                                LEGAL MATTERS 

   The validity of the New Senior Subordinated Notes being offered hereby was 
passed upon for the Company by Latham & Watkins, New York, New York. Latham & 
Watkins also represented DLJMBPII in connection with the Recapitalization. 

                                   EXPERTS 

   The consolidated financial statements of the Company as of December 30, 
1995 and December 28, 1996 and for each of the 52 week periods ended December 
31, 1994, December 30, 1995 and December 28, 1996 included in this Prospectus 
have been so included in reliance on the report of Price Waterhouse LLP, 
independent accountants, given on the authority of said firm as experts in 
auditing and accounting. 

                            ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

   The Company has filed the Registration Statement on Form S-1 with respect 
to the New Senior Subordinated Notes being offered hereby with the Commission 
under the Securities Act. This Prospectus, which constitutes a part of the 
Registration Statement, does not contain all the information set forth in the 
Registration Statement, certain items of which are omitted in accordance with 
the rules and regulations of the Commission. Statements contained in this 
Prospectus concerning the provisions of documents filed with the Registration 
Statement as exhibits are necessarily summaries of such documents, and each 
such statement is qualified in its entirety by reference to the copy of the 
applicable document filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement. The 
Registration Statement may be inspected and copied at the public reference 
facilities maintained by the Commission at 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Room 1024, 
Washington, D.C. 20549; at its Chicago Regional Office, Citicorp Center, 500 
West Madison Street, Suite 1400, Chicago, Illinois 60661-2511; and at its New 
York Regional Office, Seven World Trade Center, Suite 1300, New York, New 
York 10048. Copies of such material can be obtained from the public reference 
section of the Commission, 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549, at 
prescribed rates. The Commission also maintains a website on the Internet at 
http://www.sec.gov that contains reports, proxy statements and other 
information with respect to companies that file documents electronically with 
the Commission. For further information pertaining to the Company and the New 
Senior Subordinated Notes being offered hereby, reference is made to the 
Registration Statement, including the exhibits thereto and the financial 
statements, notes and schedules filed as a part thereof. 

                               75           
<PAGE>
                         INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
                  DUANE READE HOLDING CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                            PAGE 

                                                                                          -------- 

<S>                                                                                       <C>
Report of Independent Accountants .......................................................    F-2 

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 30, 1995 and December 28, 1996  ..............    F-3 

Consolidated Statements of Operations for each of the 52 weeks ended December 31, 1994, 
 December 30, 1995 and December 28, 1996.................................................    F-4 

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity (Deficiency) for each of the 52 weeks 
 ended December 31, 1994, December 30, 1995 and December 28, 1996........................    F-5 

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for each of the 52 weeks ended December 31, 1994, 
 December 30, 1995 and December 28, 1996.................................................    F-6 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements ..............................................    F-7 

Consolidated Balance Sheet as of September 27, 1997 (Unaudited)..........................   F-16 

Consolidated Statements of Operations for each of the 39 weeks ended September 28, 1996 
 and September 27, 1997 (Unaudited)......................................................   F-17 

Consolidated Statement of Stockholders' Equity (Deficiency) for the 39 weeks ended 
 September 27, 1997 (Unaudited)..........................................................   F-18 

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the 39 weeks ended September 28, 1996 and 
 September 27, 1997 (Unaudited)..........................................................   F-19 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited) ..................................   F-20 
</TABLE>

                               F-1           
<PAGE>
                      REPORT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS 

To the Board of Directors and 
Stockholders of Duane Reade Holding Corp. 

In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated balance sheets and the related 
consolidated statements of operations, stockholders' equity (deficiency) and 
cash flows present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position 
of Duane Reade Holding Corp. ("Holdings") and its subsidiaries at December 
30, 1995 and December 28, 1996 and the results of their operations and their 
cash flows for each of the 52 week periods ended December 31, 1994, December 
30, 1995 and December 28, 1996 in conformity with generally accepted 
accounting principles. These financial statements are the responsibility of 
Holdings' management; our responsibility is to express an opinion on these 
financial statements based on our audits. We conducted our audits of these 
statements in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards which 
require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance 
about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An 
audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts 
and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting 
principles used and significant estimates made by management and evaluating 
the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits 
provide a reasonable basis for the opinion expressed above. 

Price Waterhouse LLP 
New York, New York 
February 18, 1997, except as to the recapitalization and reverse stock split 
described in Note 12 and net loss per common share described in Note 1 which 
are as of January 14, 1998 

                               F-2           
<PAGE>
                  DUANE READE HOLDING CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES 
                         CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS 
                     (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE AMOUNTS) 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                       DECEMBER 30,    DECEMBER 28, 
                                                                           1995            1996 
                                                                      -------------- -------------- 
<S>                                                                   <C>            <C>
ASSETS 
Current assets 
 Cash................................................................    $  2,133        $    216 
 Government securities ..............................................          44              -- 
 Receivables ........................................................       5,740           7,171 
 Inventories ........................................................      43,147          47,914 
 Prepaid expenses ...................................................       1,355           1,165 
                                                                      -------------- -------------- 
 TOTAL CURRENT ASSETS ...............................................      52,419          56,466 
Property and equipment, net .........................................      24,832          23,065 
Goodwill, net of accumulated amortization of $11,306 and $14,785  ...     127,848         124,369 
Covenants not to compete, net of accumulated amortization of $48,660 
 and $60,000 ........................................................      11,340              -- 
Other assets ........................................................      19,421          18,576 
                                                                      -------------- -------------- 
  TOTAL ASSETS ......................................................    $235,860        $222,476 
                                                                      ============== ============== 
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' DEFICIENCY 
Current liabilities 
 Accounts payable....................................................    $ 20,427        $ 20,015 
 Accrued interest ...................................................       3,797           3,873 
 Other accrued expenses .............................................       6,102           8,157 
 Current portion of long-term debt ..................................       5,625          12,000 
 Current portion of capital lease obligations .......................       2,769           2,504 
                                                                      -------------- -------------- 
  TOTAL CURRENT LIABILITIES .........................................      38,720          46,549 
Senior debt, less current portion ...................................     163,475         149,975 
Subordinated zero coupon debt, net of unamortized discount of 
 $55,148 and $43,899 ................................................      68,232          79,481 
Capital lease obligations, less current portion .....................       4,003           1,697 
Other non-current liabilities .......................................       2,626           4,170 
                                                                      -------------- -------------- 
  TOTAL LIABILITIES .................................................     277,056         281,872 
                                                                      -------------- -------------- 
Commitments and Contingencies (Note 8) 
Stockholders' deficiency 
 Common stock, $0.01 par; authorized 30,000,000 shares; issued and 
  outstanding 10,184,565 and 10,062,497 shares ......................         102             101 
 Paid-in-capital ....................................................      24,909          24,564 
 Accumulated deficit ................................................     (66,207)        (84,061) 
                                                                      -------------- -------------- 
  TOTAL STOCKHOLDERS' DEFICIENCY ....................................     (41,196)        (59,396) 
                                                                      -------------- -------------- 
  TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' DEFICIENCY ....................    $235,860        $222,476 
                                                                      ============== ============== 
</TABLE>

  The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements. 

                               F-3           
<PAGE>
                  DUANE READE HOLDING CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES 
                    CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS 
                   (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS) 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                           FOR THE 52 WEEKS ENDED 
                                               ---------------------------------------------- 
                                                DECEMBER 31,    DECEMBER 30,   DECEMBER 28, 
                                                    1994            1995           1996 
                                               -------------- --------------  -------------- 
<S>                                            <C>            <C>             <C>
Net sales ....................................    $281,103        $336,922       $381,466 
Cost of sales ................................     209,678         259,827        288,505 
                                               -------------- --------------  -------------- 
Gross profit .................................      71,425          77,095         92,961 
                                               -------------- --------------  -------------- 
Selling, general and administrative expenses        39,741          50,326         59,048 
Amortization .................................      18,238          11,579         16,217 
Depreciation .................................       1,184           1,929          3,015 
Store pre-opening expenses ...................       1,220           1,095            139 
                                               -------------- --------------  -------------- 
                                                    60,383          64,929         78,419 
                                               -------------- --------------  -------------- 
Operating income .............................      11,042          12,166         14,542 
Interest expense, net ........................      27,480          30,224         32,396 
                                               -------------- --------------  -------------- 
Loss before income taxes .....................     (16,438)        (18,058)       (17,854) 
Income taxes .................................          --              --             -- 
                                               -------------- --------------  -------------- 
 NET LOSS.....................................    $(16,438)       $(18,058)      $(17,854) 
                                               ============== ==============  ============== 
 NET LOSS PER COMMON SHARE....................    $  (1.55)       $  (1.70)      $  (1.69) 
                                               ============== ==============  ============== 
 WEIGHTED AVERAGE COMMON SHARES 
  OUTSTANDING.................................      10,633          10,650         10,575 
                                               ============== ==============  ============== 
</TABLE>

  The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements. 

                               F-4           
<PAGE>
                  DUANE READE HOLDING CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES 
         CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (DEFICIENCY) 
                     (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE AMOUNTS) 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                  COMMON STOCK 
                             ----------------------  PAID-IN    ACCUMULATED 
                                SHARES      AMOUNT   CAPITAL      DEFICIT       TOTAL 
                             ------------ --------   --------- -------------  ---------- 
<S>                          <C>          <C>       <C>       <C>            <C>           
Balance , January 1, 1994  .  10,154,041     $102    $24,852     $(31,711)    $ (6,757) 
Sale of common stock to 
 executives ................      10,173       --         25           --           25 
Net loss ...................          --       --         --      (16,438)     (16,438) 
                             ------------ --------  --------- -------------  ---------- 
Balance, December 31, 1994    10,164,214      102     24,877      (48,149)     (23,170) 
Sale of common stock to 
 executives ................      40,692       --        100           --          100 
Repurchase of common stock       (20,341)      --        (68)          --          (68) 
Net loss ...................          --       --         --      (18,058)     (18,058) 
                             ------------ --------  --------- -------------  ---------- 
Balance, December 30, 1995    10,184,565      102     24,909      (66,207)     (41,196) 
Repurchase of common stock      (122,068)      (1)      (345)          --         (346) 
Net loss ...................          --       --         --      (17,854)     (17,854) 
                             ------------ --------  --------- -------------  ---------- 
Balance, December 28, 1996    10,062,497     $101    $24,564     $(84,061)    $(59,396) 
                             ============ ========  ========= =============  ========== 
</TABLE>

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements. 

                               F-5           
<PAGE>
                  DUANE READE HOLDING CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES 
                    CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS 
                                (IN THOUSANDS) 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                           FOR THE 52 WEEKS ENDED 
                                               ---------------------------------------------- 
                                                DECEMBER 31,    DECEMBER 30,   DECEMBER 28, 
                                                    1994            1995           1996 
                                               -------------- --------------  -------------- 
<S>                                            <C>            <C>             <C>
Cash flows from operating activities: 
 Net loss.....................................    $(16,438)       $(18,058)      $(17,854) 
 Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net 
  cash provided by operating activities  ..... 
   Depreciation and amortization of property 
    and equipment ............................       1,184           1,929          3,015 
   Amortization of goodwill and other 
    intangibles ..............................      20,646          13,940         18,897 
   Accretion of principal of zero coupon debt        8,282           9,628         11,249 
   Other .....................................         724           1,769          1,526 
  Changes in operating assets and liabilities 
   Receivables ...............................        (225)         (1,962)        (1,431) 
   Inventories ...............................      (4,838)         (6,745)        (4,767) 
   Accounts payable ..........................       5,716           7,382           (412) 
   Prepaid and accrued expenses ..............        (110)           (658)         2,321 
  Increase in other assets (liabilities)--net          356            (491)            51 
                                               -------------- --------------  -------------- 
  NET CASH PROVIDED BY OPERATING ACTIVITIES  .      15,297           6,734         12,595 
                                               -------------- --------------  -------------- 
Cash flows from investing activities: 
 Capital expenditures ........................      (9,947)         (6,868)        (1,247) 
 Systems development costs ...................      (2,425)         (6,268)        (2,566) 
 Sale of government securities--net  .........       1,134             382             44 
                                               -------------- --------------  -------------- 
  NET CASH USED IN INVESTING ACTIVITIES  .....     (11,238)        (12,754)        (3,769) 
                                               -------------- --------------  -------------- 
Cash flows from financing activities: 
 Financing costs .............................          --            (885)          (952) 
 Repayments of term loan .....................      (8,000)        (15,000)        (5,625) 
 Proceeds from issuance of long-term debt  ...          --          15,000             -- 
 Net (repayments) borrowings--Revolving 
  credit .....................................          --           4,000         (1,500) 
 Proceeds from issuance of stock .............          --              25             -- 
 Repurchase of stock .........................          --             (68)           (95) 
 Capital lease financing .....................       5,492           4,329            274 
 Repayments of capital lease obligations  ....        (432)         (2,617)        (2,845) 
                                               -------------- --------------  -------------- 
  NET CASH (USED IN) PROVIDED BY FINANCING 
   ACTIVITIES ................................      (2,940)          4,784        (10,743) 
                                               -------------- --------------  -------------- 
 Net increase (decrease) in cash .............       1,119          (1,236)        (1,917) 
 Cash at beginning of year ...................       2,250           3,369          2,133 
                                               -------------- --------------  -------------- 
 Cash at end of year..........................    $  3,369        $  2,133       $    216 
                                               ============== ==============  ============== 
 Supplementary disclosures of cash flow 
  information ................................ 
  Cash paid for interest......................    $ 16,969        $ 18,298       $ 18,391 
                                               ============== ==============  ============== 
</TABLE>

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements. 

                               F-6           
<PAGE>
                  DUANE READE HOLDING CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES 
                  NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

1. ORGANIZATION AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES 

   Duane Reade Holding Corp. ("Holdings") was formed on June 16, 1992 for the 
purpose of acquiring Daboco, Inc. ("Daboco"). The acquisition took place on 
September 25, 1992. Daboco and Duane Reade Inc. ("DR Inc."), a subsidiary of 
Daboco, are general partners in Duane Reade, which operates a chain of retail 
drug stores (60 at December 28, 1996) in the New York City area. 

   Significant accounting policies followed in the preparation of the 
consolidated financial statements are as follows: 

   PRINCIPLES OF CONSOLIDATION: The consolidated financial statements include 
the accounts of Holdings, Daboco, DR Inc. and Duane Reade (collectively, the 
"Company"). All intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated. 
Certain prior period amounts have been reclassified to conform with the 
current presentation. 

   REPORTING YEAR: The fiscal year for the Company is the 52/53 week 
reporting period ending on the last Saturday in December. 

   RECEIVABLES: Receivables consist primarily of amounts due from various 
insurance companies and governmental agencies under third party payment plans 
for prescription sales and amounts due from vendors, a majority of which 
relate to promotional programs. The Company has not provided an allowance for 
doubtful accounts as its historical write-offs have been immaterial. The 
Company reflects promotional allowances from vendors as income when such 
allowances are earned. 

   INVENTORIES AND COST OF SALES: Substantially all inventories are stated at 
the lower of cost, determined pursuant to the last-in, first-out retail 
dollar value method (LIFO), or market. When appropriate, provision is made 
for obsolete, slow-moving or damaged inventory. If current cost had been 
used, inventories at December 30, 1995 and December 28, 1996 would not be 
materially different from the amounts reflected on the accompanying balance 
sheets. Cost of sales includes distribution and occupancy costs. 

   PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT: Property and equipment are stated at cost. 
Depreciation and amortization are provided using the straight-line method 
over estimated useful lives of assets as follows: 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                                     <C>
Buildings and improvements ............ 30 years 
Furniture, fixtures and equipment  .... 5-10 years 
Leasehold improvements ................ Life of lease or, if shorter, asset 
Property under capital leases.......... 7 years 

</TABLE>

   OTHER ASSETS: Deferred financing costs arose in connection with borrowings 
under the Term Loan and with the issuance of the Senior Notes and the Zero 
Coupon Notes and are amortized using the straight-line method, the results of 
which are not materially different from the interest method, over the term of 
the respective debt issue. 

   Systems development costs, consisting principally of costs relating to the 
new management information systems, are amortized using the straight-line 
method commencing in 1996 over a period of seven years. 

   INTANGIBLE ASSETS: In September 1992, Holdings and Duane Reade entered 
into agreements with certain former members of management of Duane Reade, 
former shareholders of Daboco and shareholders of former partners of Duane 
Reade (collectively, the "Group") precluding such persons from competing with 
the operations of Duane Reade for a period of five years. The covenants not 
to compete were recorded at acquisition cost and were being amortized over 
the period of benefit using an accelerated method. During the first quarter 
of 1997, Holdings and Duane Reade entered into agreements 

                               F-7           
<PAGE>
                  DUANE READE HOLDING CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED) 

in which the Company received consideration from the Group to terminate the 
non-compete agreements. In accordance with APB Opinion No. 17, Intangible 
Assets, the remaining carrying value of the non-compete agreements of $4.86 
million as of December 28, 1996 was written off and has been included in the 
accompanying consolidated statement of operations as amortization expense. 

   Goodwill is amortized on the straight-line method over 40 years. The 
carrying value of goodwill is periodically reviewed and evaluated by the 
Company based principally on its expected future undiscounted operating cash 
flows. Should such evaluation result in the Company concluding that the 
carrying amount of goodwill has been impaired, an appropriate write-down 
would be made. 

   PRE-OPENING EXPENSES: Store pre-opening costs, other than capital 
expenditures, are expensed when incurred. 

   INCOME TAXES:  Income taxes are accounted for under the liability method 
prescribed by Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 109. 

   RECENTLY ISSUED ACCOUNTING STANDARDS: In February 1997, the Financial 
Accounting Standards Board issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards 
No. 128, Earnings per Share ("FAS 128") which requires the presentation of 
basic and diluted earnings per share in a company's financial statements for 
reporting periods ending subsequent to December 15, 1997. Early adoption of 
FAS 128 is not permitted. The adoption of FAS 128 is not expected to have 
material impact on the Company's consolidated financial statements. 

   ACCOUNTING ESTIMATES: The preparation of financial statements in 
conformity with generally accepted accounting principles requires management 
to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets 
and liabilities and disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities at the 
date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues, costs 
and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from 
those estimates. 

   NET LOSS PER COMMON SHARE:  Net loss per common share is based on the 
weighted average shares outstanding during each period (10,632,936 for the 52 
weeks ended December 31, 1994, 10,649,895 for the 52 weeks ended December 30, 
1995 and 10,575,299 for the 52 weeks ended December 28, 1996). Pursuant to 
Securities and Exchange Commission Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 83, options 
granted with exercise prices below the estimated initial public offering 
price during the 12 month period preceding the date of the initial filing of 
the Registration Statement have been included in the calculation of net loss 
per common share, using the treasury stock method based on the estimated 
initial public offering price of $15.00 per share, as if the options were 
outstanding for all periods presented. 

2. PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT 

   Property and equipment are summarized as follows (in thousands): 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                  DECEMBER 30,    DECEMBER 28, 
                                                      1995            1996 
                                                 -------------- -------------- 
<S>                                              <C>            <C>
Land............................................     $   489        $   489 
Buildings and building improvements ............       4,514          4,523 
Furniture, fixtures and equipment ..............       6,261          6,881 
Leasehold improvements .........................      12,684         13,134 
Property under capital leases ..................       4,894          5,063 
                                                 -------------- -------------- 
                                                      28,842         30,090 
Less--Accumulated depreciation and amortization        4,010          7,025 
                                                 -------------- -------------- 
                                                     $24,832        $23,065 
                                                 ============== ============== 
</TABLE>

                               F-8           
<PAGE>
                  DUANE READE HOLDING CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED) 

3. OTHER ASSETS 

   Other assets are summarized as follows (in thousands): 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                      DECEMBER 30,    DECEMBER 28, 
                                                                          1995            1996 
                                                                     -------------- -------------- 
<S>                                                                  <C>            <C>
Deferred financing costs (net of accumulated amortization of $7,737 
 and $10,417).......................................................     $ 9,539        $ 7,811 
Systems and integration costs (net of accumulated amortization of 
 $0 and $1,461) ....................................................       8,693          9,798 
Other ..............................................................       1,189            967 
                                                                     -------------- -------------- 
                                                                         $19,421        $18,576 
                                                                     ============== ============== 

</TABLE>

4. DEBT 

   Long-term debt consists of the following (in thousands): 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                               DECEMBER 30,    DECEMBER 28, 
                                                   1995            1996 
                                              -------------- -------------- 
<S>                                           <C>            <C>
Senior debt 
 Term loan facility (A)......................    $ 75,100        $ 69,475 
 Notes payable bank--revolving credit (A)  ..       4,000           2,500 
 12% Senior Notes due September 15, 2002 (B)       90,000          90,000 
Subordinated debt 
 15% Senior Subordinated Zero Coupon Notes 
  due September 15, 2004 (C) ................      68,232          79,481 
                                              -------------- -------------- 
                                                  237,332         241,456 
 Less--Current portion ......................       5,625          12,000 
                                              -------------- -------------- 
                                                 $231,707        $229,456 
                                              ============== ============== 

</TABLE>

(A) Outstanding balances under a Credit Agreement dated as of September 24, 
1992, as amended, with a syndicate of lending institutions bear interest at 
floating rates, which at December 28, 1996 averaged 9.0%. In addition to the 
term loans, the Credit Agreement provides for a revolving credit facility of 
$10.0 million (less amounts of letters of credit issued under the Credit 
Agreement) which may be used for general corporate purposes and which expires 
on September 30, 1998. As of December 28, 1996, the borrowings outstanding 
under the revolving credit facility were $2.5 million (classified as a 
noncurrent liability) and $0.2 million in letters of credit had been issued, 
leaving $7.3 million available for borrowing. 

   On March 23, 1995, the Credit Agreement, which provided an A Term loan and 
a B Term loan, was amended providing the Company with a new Term loan (the "C 
Term Loan") of $15.0 million and increasing the Company's existing capital 
expenditure limits for its store expansion program. 

   The proceeds of such borrowing were used to prepay all amounts due under 
the A Term Loan due during 1995 ($13.0 million) and a portion ($2.0 million) 
of the payment due under the A Term Loan on March 31, 1996. 

   In 1996, the Credit Agreement was further amended providing for the 
postponement of $2.5 million of principal payments due during 1997 until 1998 
and $10.0 million of principal payments due during 1998 until 1999. 

                               F-9           
<PAGE>
                  DUANE READE HOLDING CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED) 

    At December 28, 1996, the aggregate principal amount of the term loan 
matures during the fiscal year as follows (in thousands): 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                    <C>
1997 .................  $12,000 
1998 .................   17,625 
1999 .................   25,150 
2000 .................   14,700 
2001 .................       -- 
                       --------- 
                        $69,475 
                       ========= 

</TABLE>

   Subject to certain conditions, voluntary prepayments of the Term Loan are 
permitted without premium or penalty. Mandatory prepayments are required with 
respect to asset sales, permitted issuance of debt or equity and 75% of 
excess cash flows, as defined in the Credit Agreement, as amended. For the 52 
weeks ended December 31, 1994, December 30, 1995 and December 28, 1996, there 
were no voluntary or mandatory prepayments. 

   Obligations under the Credit Agreement are secured by a pledge of all of 
Duane Reade's tangible and intangible assets and are guaranteed by its 
partners, Daboco and DR Inc., which have pledged 100% of their partnership 
interests in support of such guarantees. The guarantees are joint and several 
and full and unconditional. The Credit Agreement contains restrictions on 
indebtedness, asset sales, dividends and other distributions, capital 
expenditures, transactions with affiliates and other unrelated business 
activities. Financial performance covenants include interest coverage, 
leverage ratio, minimum earnings and working capital levels. In 1996, the 
Company obtained an Amendment revising certain covenant requirements and 
limiting capital expenditures. At December 28, 1996, the Company is in 
compliance with all of the covenants in the Credit Agreement. 

   (B) On September 25, 1992, Duane Reade issued $90,000,000 aggregate 
principal amount of 12% Senior Notes due September 15, 2002, at face value. 
Interest is payable at 12% semiannually. The Senior Notes are guaranteed by 
Daboco and DR Inc. All of Daboco's assets are pledged to secure indebtedness 
under the Credit Agreement discussed in (A) above. As a result, such 
indebtedness will have claim on those assets that is prior to the claim of 
holders of the Senior Notes. To the extent that the amount of senior 
indebtedness exceeds the value of the collateral securing such indebtedness, 
the Senior Notes will rank pari passu with the Term Loans. 

   Duane Reade is required to make a sinking fund payment on September 15, 
2001 sufficient to retire 50% of the aggregate principal amount of Senior 
Notes originally issued. The Senior Notes are subject to redemption at the 
option of the issuer at 104.5% of par, plus accrued interest, at the end of 
1997, declining to par, plus accrued interest, at the end of 2000. In the 
event of a change in control, Duane Reade shall be obligated to make an offer 
to purchase all outstanding Senior Notes at a repurchase price of 101% of the 
principal amount. 

   (C) On September 25, 1992, Holdings issued $123,380,000 aggregate 
principal amount of 15% Senior Subordinated Zero Coupon Notes due September 
15, 2004 (the "Zero Coupon Notes"), net of an $81,909,000 discount. The 
discount accretes through the Final Accretion Date of September 15, 1999. 
Thereafter, cash interest is payable at 15% semi-annually through maturity. 
Interest expense is determined using the effective interest method, which 
applies a constant yield to carrying value over the life of the Zero Coupon 
Notes. 

   The Credit Agreement and the Senior Note Indenture referred to in (A) and 
(B) above provide for subordination of Holdings' debt to partnership debt. 

   The notes are redeemable at the option of the issuer, in whole or in part, 
at 107.5% of Accreted Value (as defined in the Zero Coupon Note Indenture), 
plus accrued interest, at the end of 1997 declining to par, plus accrued 
interest, at the end of 2002. In the event of a change in control, Holdings 
shall be obligated 

                              F-10           
<PAGE>
                  DUANE READE HOLDING CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED) 

to make an offer to purchase all outstanding Zero Coupon Notes at a 
repurchase price of 101% of Accreted Value (as defined in the Indenture) or 
principal amount, as applicable. The Accreted Value of the Zero Coupon Notes 
was $83,443,000 at December 28, 1996. 

   Purchasers of the Zero Coupon Notes received 15% of the fully diluted 
common stock of Holdings, with registration rights, for aggregate 
consideration of $3,529,000 (Note 10). 

   The Indentures governing the Zero Coupon Notes and the Senior Notes 
include certain restrictive covenants. Subject to certain exceptions, the 
Indentures restrict transactions with affiliates, the incurrence of 
additional indebtedness, the payment of dividends, the creation of liens, 
certain asset sales, mergers and consolidations and certain other payments. 

   The Company's debt is thinly traded in the market place. Accordingly, 
management is unable to determine fair market values for such debt at 
December 28, 1996. 

   The Zero Coupon Notes and the Senior Notes were issued pursuant to 
Registration Rights Agreements under which Holdings and Duane Reade 
consummated registered exchange offers pursuant to which Holdings and Duane 
Reade exchanged the Zero Coupon Notes and the Senior Notes, respectively, for 
identical notes which have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, 
as amended. Since 1994, the Company has not been required to follow the 
periodic reporting requirements of the SEC. 

5. CAPITAL LEASE OBLIGATIONS 

   During 1994, the Company commenced installation of new management 
information systems. Capital requirements for hardware, software and 
integration costs for the new systems were provided principally by capital 
lease financing. 

   As of December 28, 1996, the present value of capital lease obligations 
was $4.2 million (of which $2.5 million was payable during the next twelve 
months). Such obligations are payable in monthly installments over three to 
five year periods and bear interest at an average rate of 12.2%. 

                              F-11           
<PAGE>
                  DUANE READE HOLDING CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED) 

 6. INCOME TAXES 

   Deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on the difference 
between book and tax bases of the respective assets and liabilities at 
December 30, 1995 and December 28, 1996 using a 44.7% combined federal, state 
and local tax rate in each year and are comprised of (in thousands): 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                   DECEMBER 30,    DECEMBER 28, 
                                       1995            1996 
                                  -------------- -------------- 
<S>                               <C>            <C>
Inventories......................    $ (3,238)       $ (3,501) 
                                  -------------- -------------- 
Gross deferred tax liabilities  .      (3,238)         (3,501) 
                                  -------------- -------------- 
Property and equipment ..........         719             955 
Covenants not to compete ........       4,318           1,851 
Targeted jobs credit ............         268             268 
Zero Coupon debt discount  ......       9,885          14,041 
Other ...........................       1,492           2,335 
Net operating loss carryforward        49,217          50,072 
                                  -------------- -------------- 
Gross deferred tax assets  ......      65,899          69,522 
                                  -------------- -------------- 
Net deferred tax assets .........      62,661          66,021 
Valuation allowance .............     (62,661)        (66,021) 
                                  -------------- -------------- 
                                     $     --        $     -- 
                                  ============== ============== 

</TABLE>

   The Company deducted for income tax purposes for the period September 25 
to December 31, 1992 approximately $88 million of payments made to former 
partners of Duane Reade (the "Retirement Payments"). Approximately $38.5 
million of the valuation allowance relates to these Retirement Payments. The 
Retirement Payments and other current tax deductions resulted in a net 
operating loss of approximately $112.0 million which may be available to 
offset future taxable income of the Company through 2011. Due to the nature 
of the Retirement Payments, future reductions in that portion of the 
valuation allowance related to the Retirement Payments will be credited to 
goodwill. Further, certain income tax law provisions may limit the use of the 
available net operating loss carryforwards in the event of a significant 
change in ownership interest. 

   The provision for income taxes for the 52 weeks ended December 31, 1994, 
December 30, 1995 and December 28, 1996 differs from the amounts of income 
tax determined by applying the applicable U.S. statutory federal income tax 
rate to pretax loss as a result of the following (dollars in thousands): 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                  52 WEEKS ENDED        52 WEEKS ENDED         52 WEEKS ENDED 
                                 DECEMBER 31, 1994     DECEMBER 30, 1995     DECEMBER 28, 1996 
                               --------------------- --------------------- --------------------- 
<S>                            <C>         <C>       <C>         <C>       <C>         <C>
Pretax accounting loss .......   $(16,438)   100.0%    $(18,058)   100.0%    $(17,854)   100.0% 
                               =========== ========  =========== ========  =========== ======== 
Statutory rate ...............     (5,753)   (35.0)      (6,320)   (35.0)      (6,249)   (35.0) 
State and local taxes, net of 
 federal tax .................     (1,105)    (6.7)      (1,233)    (6.8)      (1,201)    (6.7) 
Goodwill amortization ........      1,218      7.4        1,218      6.7        1,218      6.8 
Net operating losses not 
 utilized ....................      5,213     31.7        5,828     32.3        5,534     31.0 
Nondeductible interest 
 expense .....................        504      3.1          585      3.2          684      3.8 
Other ........................        (77)    (0.5)         (78)    (0.4)          14      0.1 
                               ----------- --------  ----------- --------  ----------- -------- 
Effective tax rate ...........   $     --       --%    $     --       --%    $     --       --% 
                               =========== ========  =========== ========  =========== ======== 

</TABLE>

                              F-12           
<PAGE>
                  DUANE READE HOLDING CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED) 

7. STORE PRE-OPENING EXPENSES 

   Duane Reade opened eleven new store locations during the 52 weeks ended 
December 31, 1994, eight new store locations during the 52 weeks ended 
December 30, 1995 and one new store location during the 52 weeks ended 
December 28, 1996. 

8. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES 

LEASES 

   Duane Reade leases most store facilities under operating lease agreements 
expiring on various dates through the year 2014. In addition to minimum 
rentals, certain leases provide for annual increases based upon real estate 
tax increases, maintenance cost increases and inflation. Rent expense for the 
52 weeks ended December 31, 1994, December 30, 1995 and December 28, 1996 was 
$17,373,000, $22,703,000 and $24,420,000, respectively. 

   Minimum annual rentals at December 28, 1996 (including obligations under a 
new store lease entered into but not opened as of December 28, 1996) are as 
follows (in thousands): 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                        <C>
1997 ......................  $ 23,213 
1998  .....................    22,879 
1999  .....................    22,940 
2000  .....................    22,070 
2001  .....................    21,739 
Remaining lease terms  ....   126,837 
                           ---------- 
Total  ....................  $239,678 
                           ========== 

</TABLE>

LITIGATION 

   The Company from time to time is involved in routine legal matters 
incidental to its business. In the opinion of management, the ultimate 
resolution of such matters will not have a material adverse effect on the 
Company's financial position, results of operations or liquidity. 

MANAGEMENT AGREEMENTS 

   The Company has employment agreements with several of its executives 
providing, among other things, for employment terms of up to three years. 
Pursuant to the terms of such employment and related agreements, the Company 
and various executives entered into agreements pursuant to which (i) 
executives' salary and bonuses were established and (ii) executives purchased 
shares of Holdings' Class P common stock at a price of $162.00 per share and 
shares of Holdings' common stock at a price of $2.00 per share, each 
representing original cost. In the event of employment termination, all of 
the stock may be repurchased by Holdings. As a result of the recapitalization 
and the reverse stock split (Note 12), all outstanding shares were converted 
into common stock. As of December 28, 1996, an aggregate 488,283 shares of 
common stock are held by employees and former employees. 

   In addition, the Company has established a Supplemental Executive 
Retirement Plan ("SERP") which presently covers only its Chairman. Such SERP 
provides for vesting over a twenty year period. However, if the Chairman's 
employment is terminated without cause, as defined, or if the Chairman 
resigns with cause, as defined, such vesting becomes immediate, in which 
event the Company would be liable to the Chairman (in addition to amounts 
accrued in the financial statements) in the amount of approximately $650,000. 

                              F-13           
<PAGE>
                  DUANE READE HOLDING CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED) 

 9. EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS 

   On October 12, 1992, the Board of Directors of Holdings adopted the 1992 
Stock Option Plan of Duane Reade Holding Corp. (the "Plan"). Under the Plan, 
a committee designated by the Board of Directors of Holdings to administer 
the Plan (the "Committee") may grant, to executive and other key employees of 
the Company, nonqualified stock options to purchase up to an aggregate of 
510,757 (adjusted for the recapitalization and the reverse stock split--see 
Note 12) shares of common stock of Holdings at an exercise price fixed by the 
Committee. The options are exercisable at such time or times as the Committee 
determines at or subsequent to grant. The term of the options set by the 
Committee shall not exceed 10 years. 

   As permitted, the Company applies Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 
25 and related Interpretations in accounting for its stock-based compensation 
plan. Had compensation cost for the Company's stock-based compensation plan 
been determined based on the fair value at the grant dates for awards under 
the Plan, consistent with the alternative method of Statement of Financial 
Accounting Standards No. 123, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation, the 
effect on the Company's net loss for the 52 weeks ended December 30, 1995 and 
December 28, 1996 would have been less than $100,000. 

   At December 28, 1996, there were outstanding nonqualified stock options to 
purchase up to an aggregate of 820,403 (adjusted for the recapitalization and 
the reverse stock split--see Note 12) shares of common stock (including 
options granted outside the Plan). Options outstanding at each price level 
vest over five years at 20% each year that the executive is employed. At 
December 28, 1996, there were 102,207 vested share options. 

   Changes in options outstanding during 1995 and 1996 are summarized as 
follows (adjusted for recapitalization--see Note 12): 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                     OPTION PRICE PER SHARE 
                                        -------------------------------------------------    TOTAL 
                                            $.58        $7.34       $29.37      $40.86      OPTIONS 
                                        -----------  ----------- ----------- -----------  ----------- 
<S>                                     <C>         <C>          <C>         <C>          <C>          
Options outstanding, December 31, 
 1994..................................    91,968       91,968      91,968       91,968      367,872 
Options granted........................     8,539        8,538       8,538        8,538       34,153 
Options canceled.......................   (60,397)     (60,397)    (60,397)     (60,397)    (241,588) 
                                        ----------- -----------  ----------- -----------  ----------- 
Options outstanding, December 30, 
 1995..................................    40,110       40,109      40,109       40,109      160,437 
Options granted........................   723,662        2,745       2,745        2,745      731,897 
Options canceled.......................   (13,728)     (13,726)    (13,726)     (13,726)     (54,906) 
                                        ----------- -----------  ----------- -----------  ----------- 
Options outstanding, December 28, 
 1996..................................   750,044       29,128      29,128       29,128      837,428 
                                        =========== ===========  =========== ===========  =========== 
Weighted average remaining life on 
 outstanding options ..................  9.2 years    7.1 years   7.1 years    7.1 years   9.0 years 

</TABLE>

   The Company maintains an employee savings plan pursuant to Section 401(k) 
(the "401(k) Plan") of the Internal Revenue Code ("IRC") which covers 
substantially all non union employees, excluding in 1996 all key employees as 
defined by IRC. Eligible participating employees may contribute up to 10% of 
their pretax salaries, subject to certain IRC limitations. The 401(k) Plan, 
as amended, provides for employer matching provisions at the discretion of 
the Company (to a maximum of 1% of pretax salaries) and has a feature under 
which the Company may contribute additional amounts for all eligible 
employees. The Company's policy is to fund such costs under the 401(k) Plan 
as accrued. For the 52 weeks ended December 31, 1994 and December 30, 1995, 
employer contributions to the 401(k) Plan were $158,000 and $166,000, 
respectively. There were no employer contributions for the 52 weeks ended 
December 28, 1996. 

   Duane Reade is under contract with local unions to contribute to 
multi-employer pension and welfare benefit plans for certain of its 
employees. For the 52 weeks ended December 31, 1994, December 30, 1995 and 
December 28, 1996, contributions to such plans were $3,899,000, $5,200,000 
and $5,783,000, respectively. 

                              F-14           
<PAGE>
                  DUANE READE HOLDING CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED) 

 10. STOCKHOLDERS' DEFICIENCY 

   In September 1992, pursuant to the terms of the Purchase Agreement 
governing the Zero Coupon Notes (Note 4), purchasers of such notes received 
15% of the fully diluted common stock of the Company for aggregate cash 
consideration of $3,529,000. 

   Distributions made by the Company to the holders of its common stock, 
which are restricted by the terms of the Indentures described in Note 4, 
shall be made in the following order: 

     Class P voting and Class P-1 non-voting common stockholders are entitled 
    to the aggregate unpaid amount of approximately $19,210,000 accruing on 
    the outstanding shares at an annual rate of 15%, compounded quarterly. 
    Such holders are then entitled to the aggregate unreturned original cost 
    ($162 per share) of the outstanding shares. 

     Common stockholders (together as a group, voting and Class A non-voting) 
    shall then receive an amount equal to the aggregate unreturned original 
    cost ($2 per share) of outstanding shares. 

     Final distribution of any remaining portion shall be made to all classes 
    of outstanding common stock. 

   In the event of a public offering of stock or a change of control, and 
with a written request to the Company, each holder of Class A non-voting 
common stock or Class P-1 non-voting common stock is entitled to convert its 
stock, on a one-for-one basis, into voting common stock or Class P common 
stock, respectively. 

   As a result of the recapitalization discussed in Note 12, all outstanding 
classes of the Company's common stock were converted into a newly designated 
class of common stock. 

11. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS 

   In 1992, the Company and its then principal stockholder entered into a 
Professional Services Agreement whereby consulting, advisory, financial and 
other services were provided at the Company's request, for a five year term. 
During each of the 52 weeks ended December 31, 1994, December 30, 1995 and 
December 28, 1996, such fees aggregated approximately $1,000,000. 

12.  SUBSEQUENT EVENTS 

   During June 1997, the Company entered into a recapitalization agreement 
(the "Agreement") with its stockholders ("Stockholders") and certain 
investors ("Investors"). The Agreement provided for (i) the purchase by the 
Investors from the Stockholders of substantially all their stock holdings in 
the Company, (ii) a conversion of all of the outstanding shares of the 
Company into a newly authorized class of Class B common stock and (iii) the 
creation of a new authorized class of preferred stock which will carry the 
rights and preferences granted by the Company's Board of Directors when 
issued. 

   Shares were converted as follows: 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                           APPROXIMATE 
               PRIOR CLASS               CONVERSION RATE 
- ---------------------------------------  --------------- 
<S>                                      <C>
Common and Common Class A ..............       28/1 
Common Class P and Common Class P-1  ...      355/1 
</TABLE>

   Additionally, on January 14, 1998, the Company effected an 8.326 reverse 
stock split of the Company's common stock. 

   All references to common stock amounts, shares and per share data included 
in the consolidated financial statements and notes have been adjusted to give 
retroactive effect to the above transactions. 

                              F-15           
<PAGE>
                  DUANE READE HOLDING CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES 
                    CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET (UNAUDITED) 
                     (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE AMOUNTS) 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                               SEPTEMBER 27, 
                                                                                    1997 
                                                                              --------------- 
<S>                                                                           <C>
ASSETS 
Current assets .............................................................. 
 Cash .......................................................................     $    218 
 Receivables ................................................................        9,084 
 Inventories ................................................................       65,872 
 Prepaid expenses ...........................................................        1,371 
                                                                              --------------- 
   TOTAL CURRENT ASSETS .....................................................       76,545 
Property and equipment, net .................................................       24,918 
Goodwill, net of accumulated amortization of $17,397 ........................      121,757 
Other assets, net ...........................................................       16,300 
                                                                              --------------- 
   TOTAL ASSETS .............................................................     $239,520 
                                                                              =============== 
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' DEFICIENCY 
Current liabilities 
 Accounts payable ...........................................................     $ 30,710 
 Accrued interest ...........................................................          623 
 Other accrued expenses .....................................................       13,193 
 Current portion of senior debt .............................................          660 
 Current portion of capital lease obligations ...............................        1,510 
                                                                              --------------- 
   TOTAL CURRENT LIABILITIES ................................................       46,696 
Senior debt, less current portion ...........................................      170,708 
Subordinated zero coupon debt, net of unamortized discount of $34,277  ......       89,094 
Capital lease obligations, less current portion .............................          677 
Other non-current liabilities ...............................................        5,906 
                                                                              --------------- 
   TOTAL LIABILITIES ........................................................      313,081 
                                                                              --------------- 
COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (NOTE 8) 
Stockholders' Deficiency 
 Preferred stock, $0.01 par; authorized 5,000,000 shares; none issued or 
  outstanding................................................................           -- 
 Common stock, $0.01 par; authorized 30,000,000 shares; issued and 
  outstanding 10,257,832 shares .............................................          103 
 Paid-in-capital ............................................................       24,562 
 Accumulated deficit ........................................................      (98,226) 
                                                                              --------------- 
   TOTAL STOCKHOLDERS' DEFICIENCY ...........................................      (73,561) 
                                                                              --------------- 
   TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' DEFICIENCY ...........................     $239,520 
                                                                              =============== 
</TABLE>

  The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements. 

                              F-16           
<PAGE>
                  DUANE READE HOLDING CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES 
              CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS (UNAUDITED) 
                   (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS) 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                    FOR THE 39 WEEKS ENDED 
                                               -------------------------------- 
                                                SEPTEMBER 28,    SEPTEMBER 27, 
                                                     1996            1997 
                                               --------------- --------------- 
<S>                                            <C>             <C>
Net Sales.....................................     $281,093        $313,796 
Cost of sales ................................      215,797         236,413 
                                               --------------- --------------- 
Gross profit .................................       65,296          77,383 
                                               --------------- --------------- 
Selling, general and administrative expenses         42,499          48,218 
Amortization .................................        8,514           3,826 
Depreciation .................................        2,295           2,584 
Store pre-opening expenses ...................          139             600 
Nonrecurring charges .........................           --          10,887 
                                               --------------- --------------- 
                                                     53,447          66,115 
                                               --------------- --------------- 
Operating income .............................       11,849          11,268 
Interest expense, net ........................       24,334          25,433 
                                               --------------- --------------- 
Loss before income taxes .....................      (12,485)        (14,165) 
Income taxes .................................           --              -- 
                                               --------------- --------------- 
   NET LOSS ..................................     $(12,485)       $(14,165) 
                                               =============== =============== 
   NET LOSS PER COMMON SHARE .................     $  (1.18)       $  (1.34) 
                                               =============== =============== 
   WEIGHTED AVERAGE COMMON SHARES 
    OUTSTANDING...............................       10,589          10,600 
                                               =============== =============== 
</TABLE>

  The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements. 

                              F-17           
<PAGE>
                  DUANE READE HOLDING CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES 
   CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (DEFICIENCY) (UNAUDITED) 
                     (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE AMOUNTS) 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                               PREFERRED STOCK        COMMON STOCK 
                              ------------------ ----------------------  PAID-IN    ACCUMULATED 
                               SHARES    AMOUNT     SHARES      AMOUNT   CAPITAL      DEFICIT       TOTAL 
                              -------- --------  ------------ --------   --------- -------------  ----------- 
<S>                           <C>      <C>       <C>          <C>       <C>       <C>            <C>           
Balance, December 28, 1996  .    --        --     10,062,497     $101    $24,564     $(84,061)     $(59,396) 
Issuance of common stock  ...    --        --        195,335        2         (2)          --            -- 
Net loss ....................    --        --             --       --         --      (14,165)      (14,165) 
                              -------- --------  ------------ --------  --------- -------------  ----------- 
Balance, September 27, 1997      --        --     10,257,832     $103    $24,562     $(98,226)     $(73,561) 
                              ======== ========  ============ ========  ========= =============  =========== 
</TABLE>

  The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements. 

                              F-18           
<PAGE>
                  DUANE READE HOLDING CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES 
              CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS (UNAUDITED) 
                                (IN THOUSANDS) 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                          FOR THE 39 WEEKS ENDED 
                                                                     -------------------------------- 
                                                                      SEPTEMBER 28,    SEPTEMBER 27, 
                                                                           1996            1997 
                                                                     --------------- --------------- 
<S>                                                                  <C>             <C>
Cash flows from operating activities: 
 Net loss ..........................................................     $(12,485)       $(14,165) 
 Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by/(used 
 in)  operating activities ......................................... 
   Depreciation and amortization of property and equipment  ........        2,295           2,584 
   Amortization of goodwill and other intangibles ..................       10,505           5,803 
   Accretion of principal of zero coupon debt ......................        8,437           9,622 
   Other............................................................        1,156           1,182 
   Changes in operating assets and liabilities: 
    Receivables ....................................................         (385)         (1,913) 
    Inventories ....................................................       (1,844)        (17,958) 
    Accounts payable ...............................................        1,546          10,695 
    Interest payable ...............................................       (2,620)         (3,250) 
    Prepaid and accrued expenses and other .........................           51           4,197 
                                                                     --------------- --------------- 
   NET CASH PROVIDED BY/(USED IN) OPERATING ACTIVITIES  ............        6,656          (3,203) 
                                                                     --------------- --------------- 
Cash flows from investing activities: 
  Proceeds from sale of capital assets .............................           --           1,075 
  Capital expenditures .............................................         (913)         (4,931) 
  Systems development costs ........................................       (2,068)             -- 
  Sale of government securities ....................................           44              -- 
                                                                     --------------- --------------- 
   NET CASH USED IN INVESTING ACTIVITIES ...........................       (2,937)         (3,856) 
                                                                     --------------- --------------- 
Cash flows from financing activities: 
  Deferred financing costs .........................................         (542)           (309) 
  Repayments of senior debt ........................................       (4,625)         (6,107) 
  Repayments of subordinated debt ..................................           --              (9) 
  Proceeds from bank debt, revolving credit--net ...................        1,500          15,500 
  Capital lease financing ..........................................          274              -- 
  Repayment of capital lease obligations ...........................       (2,120)         (2,014) 
  Repurchase of stock ..............................................          (96)             -- 
                                                                     --------------- --------------- 
   NET CASH (USED IN)/PROVIDED BY FINANCING ACTIVITIES .............       (5,609)          7,061 
                                                                     --------------- --------------- 
Net (decrease)/increase in cash ....................................       (1,890)              2 
Cash at beginning of period ........................................        2,133             216 
                                                                     --------------- --------------- 
Cash at end of period...............................................     $    243        $    218 
                                                                     =============== =============== 
Supplementary disclosure of cash flow information: 
  Cash paid for interest ...........................................     $ 16,526        $ 16,541 
                                                                     =============== =============== 
</TABLE>

  The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements. 

                              F-19           
<PAGE>
                  DUANE READE HOLDING CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES 
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED) 

1. BASIS OF CONSOLIDATION 

   The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Holdings, 
Daboco, DR Inc. and Duane Reade (collectively, the "Company"). All 
intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated. 

   The interim financial data is unaudited; however, in the opinion of the 
Company, the interim data includes all adjustments, consisting only of normal 
recurring adjustments, necessary for a fair statement of the results for the 
interim periods. The results of operations for any interim period should not 
necessarily be considered indicative of the results of operations for a full 
year. 

   The accompanying unaudited consolidated financial statements should be 
read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and notes 
thereto for the 52 weeks ended December 28, 1996 included elsewhere in this 
prospectus. 

   RECEIVABLES: Receivables consist primarily of amounts due from vendors, a 
majority of which relate to promotional programs. Receivables also arise as a 
result of third party payment plans from the sale of prescription drugs; 
commencing in May 1997, substantially all such receivables are sold without 
recourse to a funding entity. The discount on the sale of such third party 
receivables amounted to approximately $381,000 during the 39 weeks ended 
September 27, 1997 and is included in interest expense. 

   INTANGIBLE ASSETS: In September 1992, Holdings and Duane Reade entered 
into agreements with certain former members of management of Duane Reade, 
former shareholders of Daboco and shareholders of former partners of Duane 
Reade (collectively, the "Group") precluding such persons from competing with 
the operations of Duane Reade for a period of five years. The covenants not 
to compete were recorded at acquisition cost and were being amortized over 
the period of benefit using an accelerated method. During the first quarter 
of 1997, Holdings and Duane Reade entered into agreements with the Group in 
which the Company received consideration from the Group to terminate the 
non-compete agreements. In accordance with APB Opinion No. 17, Intangible 
Assets, the remaining carrying value of the non-compete agreements of $4.86 
million as of December 28, 1996 was written off during the fourth quarter of 
1996 and charged to amortization expense. 

   Goodwill is amortized on the straight-line method over 40 years. The 
carrying value of goodwill is periodically reviewed and evaluated by the 
Company based on its expected future undiscounted operating cash flows. 
Should such evaluation result in the Company concluding that the carrying 
amount of goodwill has been impaired, an appropriate write-down would be 
made. 

   NET LOSS PER COMMON SHARE: Net loss per common share is based on the 
weighted average shares outstanding during each period: 10,588,862 and 
10,599,722 for the 39 weeks ended September 28, 1996 and September 27, 1997, 
respectively. Pursuant to Securities and Exchange Commission Staff Accounting 
Bulletin No. 83, options granted with exercise prices below the estimated 
initial public offering price during the 12 month period preceding the date 
of the initial filing of the Registration Statement have been included in the 
calculation of net loss per common share, using the treasury stock method 
based on the estimated initial public offering price of $15.00 per share, as 
if the options were outstanding for all periods presented. Outstanding share 
amounts have been restated to give effect to the recapitalization described 
in Note 10 and the reverse stock split described in Note 13. 

                              F-20           
<PAGE>
                  DUANE READE HOLDING CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES 
     NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED)--(CONTINUED) 

 2. PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT 

   Property and equipment are summarized as follows (in thousands): 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                 SEPTEMBER 27, 1997 
                                                 ------------------ 
<S>                                              <C>
Land............................................       $   312 
Buildings and building improvements ............         4,286 
Furniture, fixtures and equipment ..............         9,468 
Leasehold improvements .........................        15,303 
Property under capital leases ..................         5,102 
                                                 ------------------ 
                                                        34,471 
Less--Accumulated depreciation and amortization         (9,553) 
                                                 ------------------ 
                                                       $24,918 
                                                 ================== 
</TABLE>

3. OTHER ASSETS 

   Other assets are summarized as follows (in thousands): 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               SEPTEMBER 27, 1997 
                                                               ------------------ 
<S>                                                            <C>
Deferred financing costs (net of accumulated amortization of 
 $11,585).....................................................       $ 6,144 
Systems and integration costs (net of accumulated 
 amortization of $2,653) .....................................         8,364 
Other ........................................................         1,792 
                                                               ------------------ 
                                                                     $16,300 
                                                               ================== 
</TABLE>

4. DEBT 

   Long-term debt consists of the following (in thousands): 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                               SEPTEMBER 27, 1997 
                                               ------------------ 
<S>                                            <C>
Senior debt 
 Term loan facility (A).......................      $ 65,475 
 Notes payable bank--revolving credit (A)  ...        16,000 
 12% Senior Notes due September 15, 2002 (B)          89,893 
Subordinated debt 
 15% Senior Subordinated Zero Coupon Notes 
  due September 15, 2004 (C) .................        89,094 
                                               ------------------ 
                                                     260,462 
Less--Current portion ........................           660 
                                               ------------------ 
                                                    $259,802 
                                               ================== 
</TABLE>

   (A) Outstanding balances under a Credit Agreement dated as of September 
24, 1992, as amended, with a syndicate of lending institutions bear interest 
at floating rates, which at September 27, 1997 averaged 10.5%. In addition to 
the term loan, the Credit Agreement provides for a revolving credit facility 
of $20.0 million (less amounts of letters of credit issued under the Credit 
Agreement) which may be used for general corporate purposes and which expires 
on September 30, 1998. As of September 27, 1997, the borrowings outstanding 
under the revolving credit facility were $16.0 million (classified as a 
noncurrent liability) and $0.3 million in letters of credit had been issued. 

                              F-21           
<PAGE>
                  DUANE READE HOLDING CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES 
     NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED)--(CONTINUED) 

    Subject to certain conditions, voluntary prepayments of the Term Loan are 
permitted without premium or penalty. Mandatory prepayments are required with 
respect to asset sales, permitted issuance of debt or equity and 75% of 
excess cash flows, as defined in the Credit Agreement, as amended. For the 39 
weeks ended September 27, 1997, there were no voluntary or mandatory 
prepayments. 

   Obligations under the Credit Agreement are secured by a pledge of all of 
Duane Reade's tangible and intangible assets and are guaranteed by its 
partners, Daboco and DR Inc., which have pledged 100% of their partnership 
interests in support of such guarantees. The guarantees are joint and several 
and full and unconditional. The Credit Agreement contains restrictions on 
indebtedness, asset sales, dividends and other distributions, capital 
expenditures, transactions with affiliates and other unrelated business 
activities. Financial performance covenants include interest coverage, 
leverage ratio, minimum earnings and working capital levels. At September 27, 
1997, the Company is in compliance with all of the covenants in the Credit 
Agreement. See Note 13. 

   (B) On September 25, 1992, Duane Reade issued $90,000,000 aggregate 
principal amount of 12% Senior Notes due September 15, 2002 (the "Senior 
Notes"), at face value. Interest is payable at 12% semiannually. The Senior 
Notes are guaranteed by Daboco and DR Inc. All of Daboco's assets are pledged 
to secure indebtedness under the Credit Agreement discussed in (A) above. As 
a result, such indebtedness will have claim on those assets that is prior to 
the claim of holders of the Senior Notes. To the extent that the amount of 
senior indebtedness exceeds the value of the collateral securing such 
indebtedness, the Senior Notes will rank pari passu with the Term Loans. 

   Duane Reade is required to make a sinking fund payment on September 15, 
2001 sufficient to retire 50% of the aggregate principal amount of Senior 
Notes originally issued. The Senior Notes are subject to redemption at the 
option of the issuer at 104.5% of par, plus accrued interest, at the end of 
1997, declining to par, plus accrued interest, at the end of 2000. In the 
event of a change in control, Duane Reade shall be obligated to make an offer 
to purchase all outstanding Senior Notes at a repurchase price of 101% of the 
principal amount. A change of control did occur in June 1997 (see Note 10). 

   (C) On September 25, 1992, Holdings issued $123,380,000 aggregate 
principal amount of 15% Senior Subordinated Zero Coupon Notes due September 
15, 2004 (the "Zero Coupon Notes"), net of an $81,909,000 discount. The 
discount accretes through the Final Accretion Date of September 15, 1999. 
Thereafter, cash interest is payable at 15% semi-annually through maturity. 
Interest expense is determined using the effective interest method, which 
applies a constant yield to carrying value over the life of the Zero Coupon 
Notes. 

   The Credit Agreement and the Senior Note Indenture referred to in (A) and 
(B) above provide for subordination of Holdings' debt to partnership debt. 

   The notes are redeemable at the option of the issuer, in whole or in part, 
at 107.5% of Accreted Value (as defined in the Zero Coupon Note Indenture), 
plus accrued interest, at the end of 1997 declining to par, plus accrued 
interest, at the end of 2002. In the event of a change in control, Holdings 
shall be obligated to make an offer to purchase all outstanding Zero Coupon 
Notes at a repurchase price of 101% of Accreted Value (as defined in the 
Indenture) or principal amount, as applicable. A change of control did occur 
in June 1997 (see Note 10). The Accreted Value of the Zero Coupon Notes was 
$92,840,000 at September 27, 1997. 

   Purchasers of the Zero Coupon Notes received 15% of the fully diluted 
common stock of Holdings, with registration rights, for aggregate 
consideration of $3,529,000. 

   The Indentures governing the Zero Coupon Notes and the Senior Notes 
include certain restrictive covenants. Subject to certain exceptions, the 
Indentures restrict transactions with affiliates, the incurrence of 
additional indebtedness, the payment of dividends, the creation of liens, 
certain asset sales, mergers and consolidations and certain other payments. 

                              F-22           
<PAGE>
                  DUANE READE HOLDING CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES 
     NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED)--(CONTINUED) 

    The Company's debt is thinly traded in the market place. Accordingly, 
management is unable to determine fair market values for such debt at 
September 27, 1997. 

   The Zero Coupon Notes and the Senior Notes were issued pursuant to 
Registration Rights Agreements under which Holdings and Duane Reade 
consummated registered exchange offers pursuant to which Holdings and Duane 
Reade exchanged the Zero Coupon Notes and the Senior Notes, respectively, for 
identical notes which have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, 
as amended. 

5. CAPITAL LEASE OBLIGATIONS 

   As of September 27, 1997, the present value of capital lease obligations 
was $2.2 million (of which $1.5 million is payable during the next twelve 
months). Such obligations are payable in monthly installments over three to 
five year periods and bear interest at an average rate of 12.2%. 

6. INCOME TAXES 

   Deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on the difference 
between book and tax bases of the respective assets and liabilities at 
September 27, 1997 using a 44.7% combined federal, state and local tax rate 
and are comprised of (in thousands): 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                 SEPTEMBER 27, 1997 
                                 ------------------ 
<S>                              <C>
Inventories ....................      $ (3,382) 
                                 ------------------ 
Gross deferred tax liabilities          (3,382) 
                                 ------------------ 
Property and equipment .........           734 
Deferred rent ..................         2,398 
Targeted jobs credit ...........           284 
Zero Coupon debt discount  .....        17,580 
Net operating loss 
 carryforward...................        31,791 
Other ..........................           352 
                                 ------------------ 
Gross deferred tax assets  .....        53,139 
                                 ------------------ 
Net deferred tax assets ........        49,757 
Valuation allowance.............       (49,757) 
                                 ------------------ 
                                      $     -- 
                                 ================== 
</TABLE>

   The Company deducted for income tax purposes for the period September 25 
to December 31, 1992 approximately $88 million of payments made to former 
partners of Duane Reade (the "Retirement Payments"). Approximately $21 
million of the valuation allowance relates to these Retirement Payments. The 
Retirement Payments and other current tax deductions resulted in a net 
operating loss of approximately $71 million which may be available to offset 
future taxable income of the Company through 2012. Due to the nature of the 
Retirement Payments, future reductions in that portion of the valuation 
allowance related to the Retirement Payments will be credited to goodwill. 
Further, due to the change in ownership arising as a result of the 
recapitalization (see Note 10), certain income tax law provisions apply that 
limit the ability of the Company to utilize the available net operating loss 
carryforwards. It is estimated that the annual limitation will be $5.0 
million. 

                              F-23           
<PAGE>
                  DUANE READE HOLDING CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES 
     NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED)--(CONTINUED) 

    The provision for income taxes for the 39 weeks ended September 28, 1996 
and September 27, 1997 differs from the amounts of income tax determined by 
applying the applicable U.S. statutory federal income tax rate to pretax loss 
as a result of the following (dollars in thousands): 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                39 WEEKS ENDED         39 WEEKS ENDED 
                                              SEPTEMBER 28, 1996     SEPTEMBER 27, 1997 
                                            ---------------------- ---------------------- 
<S>                                         <C>         <C>        <C>         <C>
Pretax accounting loss ....................   $(12,485)      100%    $(14,165)      100% 
                                            =========== =========  =========== ========= 
Statutory rate.............................   $ (4,370)    (35.0)%   $ (4,958)    (35.0)% 
State and local taxes, net of federal tax         (837)     (6.7)        (262)     (1.8) 
Goodwill amortization .....................        914       7.3          914       6.5 
Net operating losses not utilized  ........      3,870      31.0        1,207       8.5 
Nondeductible recapitalization costs  .....         --        --        2,485      17.5 
Nondeductible interest expense ............        513       4.1          596       4.2 
Other .....................................        (90)     (0.7)          18       0.1 
                                            ----------- ---------  ----------- --------- 
Effective tax rate.........................   $     --        --%    $     --        --% 
                                            =========== =========  =========== ========= 
</TABLE>

7. STORE PRE-OPENING EXPENSES 

   Duane Reade opened one new store location during the 39 weeks ended 
September 28, 1996 and five new stores during the 39 weeks ended September 
27, 1997. 

8. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES 

LEASES 

   Duane Reade leases all of its store facilities under operating lease 
agreements expiring on various dates through the year 2014. In addition to 
minimum rentals, certain leases provide for annual increases based upon real 
estate tax increases, maintenance cost increases and inflation. Rent expense 
for the 39 weeks ended September 28, 1996 and September 27, 1997 was 
$18,248,000 and $19,572,000, respectively. 

   Minimum annual rentals at September 27, 1997 are as follows (in 
thousands): 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                                 <C>
 13 weeks ending December 27, 1997   $  6,074 
1998...............................    27,518 
1999 ..............................    27,069 
2000 ..............................    26,274 
2001 ..............................    25,959 
2002 ..............................    25,404 
Remaining lease terms .............   135,497 
                                    --------- 
Total..............................  $273,795 
                                    ========= 
</TABLE>

LITIGATION 

   The Company from time to time is involved in routine legal matters 
incidental to its business. In the opinion of management, the ultimate 
resolution of such matters will not have a material adverse effect on the 
Company's financial position, results of operations or liquidity. 

MANAGEMENT AGREEMENTS 

   Pursuant to the terms of various employment and related agreements, the 
Company and various executives entered into agreements pursuant to which (i) 
executives' salary and bonuses were established 

                              F-24           
<PAGE>
                  DUANE READE HOLDING CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES 
     NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED)--(CONTINUED) 

 and (ii) executives purchased shares of Holdings' previously issued Class P 
common stock at a price of $162.00 per share and shares of Holdings' common 
stock at a price of $2.00 per share, each representing original cost. In the 
event of employment termination, all of the stock may be repurchased by 
Holdings. As a result of the recapitalization (see Note 10) and the reverse 
stock split (see Note 13), all shares were converted into common stock. As of 
September 27, 1997, an aggregate of 488,283 shares of common stock are held 
by employees and former employees. 

COMMITMENTS 

   At September 27, 1997, the Company had a commitment of approximately $4.0 
million in connection with the acquisition and installation of a point of 
sale scanning system. The Company intends to finance substantially all of 
such acquisition and installation costs through capital lease financing. 

   The Company has employment agreements with several of its executives 
providing, among other things, for employment terms of up to three years. In 
addition, the Company has established a Supplemental Executive Retirement 
Plan ("SERP") which presently covers only its Chairman. Such SERP provides 
for vesting over a twenty year period. However, if the Chairman's employment 
is terminated without cause, as defined, or if the Chairman resigns with 
cause, as defined, such vesting becomes immediate, in which event the Company 
would be liable to the Chairman (in addition to amounts accrued in the 
financial statements) in the amount of approximately $680,000. 

9. EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS 

   On October 12, 1992, the Company adopted the 1992 Stock Option Plan of 
Duane Reade Holding Corp. (the "Plan"). Under the Plan, a committee 
designated by the Board of Directors to administer the Plan (the "Committee") 
may grant, to executive and other key employees of the Company, nonqualified 
stock options to purchase up to an aggregate of 510,757 (adjusted for the 
recapitalization--See Note 10--and the reverse stock split--see Note 13) 
shares of common stock of the Company at an exercise price fixed by the 
Committee. The options are exercisable at such time or times as the Committee 
determines at or subsequent to grant. The term of the options set by the 
Committee shall not exceed 10 years. 

   At September 27, 1997, there were outstanding nonqualified stock options 
to purchase up to an aggregate of 646,187 shares of common stock (including 
options granted outside the Plan), all of which are vested. 

   Changes in options outstanding (including options granted outside the 
Plan) during the 39 weeks ended September 27, 1997 are summarized as follows: 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                        OPTION PRICE PER SHARE 
                                         ---------------------------------------------------- 
                                                                                                 TOTAL 
                                             $.58      $7.34-$12.77     $29.37      $40.86      OPTIONS 
                                         ----------- --------------  ----------- -----------   ----------- 
<S>                                      <C>         <C>             <C>         <C>          <C>
Options outstanding, December 28, 1996 .    750,044       29,128        29,128      29,128       837,428 
Options granted.........................        851       68,953           851         851        71,506 
Options canceled........................   (262,747)          --            --          --      (262,747) 
                                         ----------- --------------  ----------- -----------  ----------- 
Options outstanding, September 27, 
 1997...................................    488,148       98,081        29,979      29,979       646,187 
                                         =========== ==============  =========== ===========  =========== 
Weighted average remaining life on 
 outstanding options....................  8.4 years     8.5 years     6.4 years    6.4 years   8.3 years 
</TABLE>

   During the second quarter of 1997, the Company adopted an Equity 
Participation Plan under which options for a total of 1,321,181 shares of 
common stock of the Company may be granted to employees, consultants and 
non-employee directors of the Company if the Company meets specific 
performance targets. At September 27, 1997, options for 1,005,772 shares have 
been granted to employees. 

                              F-25           
<PAGE>
                  DUANE READE HOLDING CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES 
     NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED)--(CONTINUED) 

    Changes in options outstanding under the Equity Participation Plan during 
the 39 weeks ended September 27, 1997 are summarized as follows: 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                            NUMBER 
                                          OF OPTIONS    OPTION PRICE 
                                         ------------ -------------- 
<S>                                      <C>          <C>
Options outstanding, December 28, 1996            --         -- 
Options granted ........................   1,005,772        8.33 
                                         ------------ -------------- 
Options outstanding, September 27, 
 1997...................................   1,005,772       $8.33 
                                         ============ ============== 
</TABLE>

   As permitted, the Company applies Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 
25 and related Interpretations in accounting for its stock-based compensation 
plan. Had compensation cost for the Company's stock-based compensation plan 
been determined based on the fair value at the grant dates for awards under 
the Plan, consistent with the alternative method of Statement of Financial 
Accounting Standards No. 123, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation, the 
effect on the Company's net loss for the 39 weeks ended September 28, 1996 
and September 27, 1997 would have been less than $100,000 and $200,000, 
respectively. 

   The Company maintains an employee savings plan pursuant to Section 401(k) 
(the "401(k) Plan") of the Internal Revenue Code ("IRC") which covers 
substantially all non-union employees other than key employees as defined by 
IRC. Eligible participating employees may contribute up to 10% of their 
pretax salaries, subject to certain IRC limitations. The 401(k) Plan, as 
amended, provides for employer matching provisions at the discretion of the 
Company (to a maximum of 1% of pretax salaries) and has a feature under which 
the Company may contribute additional amounts for all eligible employees. The 
Company's policy is to fund such costs under the 401(k) Plan as accrued. 
There were no employer contributions for the 39 weeks ended September 28, 
1996 and September 27, 1997. 

   Duane Reade is under contract with local unions to contribute to 
multi-employer pension and welfare benefit plans for certain of its 
employees. For the 39 weeks ended September 28, 1996 and September 27, 1997, 
contributions to such plans were $4,121,000 and $4,844,000, respectively. 

10. RECAPITALIZATION 

   During June 1997, the Company entered into a recapitalization agreement 
(the "Agreement") with its stockholders ("Stockholders") and certain 
investors ("Investors"). The Agreement provided for (i) the purchase by 
Investors from the Stockholders of substantially all their stock holdings in 
the Company, (ii) a conversion of all of the outstanding shares of the 
Company into a newly authorized class of Class B Common stock and (iii) the 
creation of a new authorized class of preferred stock which will carry the 
rights and preferences granted by the Company's Board of Directors when 
issued. 

   Shares were converted as follows: 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                        APPROXIMATE 
             PRIOR CLASS              CONVERSION RATE 
- ------------------------------------  --------------- 
<S>                                   <C>
Common and Common Class A ...........       28/1 
Common Class P and Common Class P-1        355/1 
</TABLE>

   In addition, because of the change in control, the Company was obligated 
to and made offers to repurchase all outstanding Senior Notes and Zero Coupon 
Notes at 101% of the principal amount or accreted value thereof, 
respectively. Such offers expired on September 12, 1997. The Company 
repurchased an aggregate of $107,000 principal amount of Senior Notes and 
$9,000 of Zero Coupon Notes pursuant to the offers. 

   These financial statements do not reflect any adjustments as a result of 
the June 1997 change in control. 

                              F-26           
<PAGE>
                  DUANE READE HOLDING CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES 
     NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED)--(CONTINUED) 

 11. NONRECURRING CHARGES 

   During the first quarter of 1997, the Company considered a public offering 
of its common stock and took certain steps in connection with these plans. 
Such plans were abandoned upon consummation of the transaction discussed in 
Note 10. 

   Costs and expenses incurred in connection with the abandoned public 
offering and the recapitalization and the exchange offers referred to in Note 
10 aggregated approximately $10.9 million, including investment banking fees 
of $7.7 million (including $3.5 million to an affiliate of the Investors and 
$0.6 million to the Stockholders), legal and accounting fees of $1.6 million, 
stand-by commitment fees relating to the exchange offers of $1.2 million to 
an affiliate of the Investors, and other costs of $0.4 million. The Company 
has treated these expenses as non-recurring because such expenses related to 
financing activities in connection with the Recapitalization and related 
events, which the Company does not expect to repeat. 

12. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS 

   In 1992, the Company and the then principal stockholder of the Company 
(who has subsequently sold most of its shares--see Note 10) entered into a 
professional services agreement whereby consulting, advisory, financial and 
other services were provided at the Company's request, for a five year term. 
During the 39 weeks ended September 28, 1996, such fees aggregated 
approximately $742,000. See Note 11. 

   In addition, the Investors paid an executive approximately $0.8 million 
for advisory services rendered and a former executive approximately $1.6 
million for the repurchase and cancellation of exercisable stock options. The 
accompanying financial statements do not reflect such payments. 

13. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS 

   On September 30, 1997, the Company entered into a credit agreement with an 
affiliate of the Investors and various financial institutions providing for a 
term loan of $65,475,000 and a revolving credit facility of $30,000,000. 
Proceeds of the term loan were used to repay outstanding term loans 
($63,475,000) and revolving loans ($2,000,000) pursuant to the Credit 
Agreement discussed in Note 4. 

   The term loan is payable in quarterly installments of $165,000 from 
December 1997 through March 2001, $31,000,000 in June 2001, quarterly 
installments of $165,000 from September 2001 through March 2002 and 
$31,000,000 in June 2002. Outstanding term and revolving loans at September 
27, 1997 have been classified in accordance with such repayment terms. 

   Costs incurred in connection with the refinancing aggregated approximately 
$2.7 million (including a funding fee of $2.4 million to an affiliate of the 
Investors) and will be amortized over the term of the new credit agreement. 
Unamortized deferred financing costs of approximately $1.8 million at 
September 27, 1997 relating to the prior credit agreement will be charged to 
earnings in the fourth quarter of 1997. 

   On January 14, 1998, the Company effected an 8.326 reverse stock split of 
its common stock. All references to common stock amounts, shares and per 
share data included herein have been adjusted to give retroactive effect to 
such reverse stock split. 

                              F-27           

<PAGE>


		     [THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]


<PAGE>


		     [THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]


<PAGE>


		     [THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]




<PAGE>

                            [DUANE READE INC. LOGO]



                                    [PHOTO]






                                    [PHOTO]



<PAGE>
   NO DEALER, SALESPERSON OR ANY OTHER PERSON HAS BEEN AUTHORIZED TO GIVE 
INFORMATION OR TO MAKE ANY REPRESENTATIONS OTHER THAN THOSE CONTAINED IN THIS 
PROSPECTUS IN CONNECTION WITH THE OFFERING MADE HEREBY, AND IF GIVEN OR MADE, 
SUCH INFORMATION OR REPRESENTATIONS MUST NOT BE RELIED UPON AS HAVING BEEN 
AUTHORIZED BY THE COMPANY, DLJ OR ANY OTHER PERSON. THIS PROSPECTUS DOES NOT 
CONSTITUTE AN OFFER TO SELL OR A SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER TO BUY NEW SENIOR 
SUBORDINATED NOTES BY ANYONE IN ANY JURISDICTION IN WHICH SUCH OFFER OR 
SOLICITATION IS NOT AUTHORIZED, OR IN WHICH THE PERSON MAKING THE OFFER OR 
SOLICITATION IS NOT QUALIFIED TO DO SO, OR TO ANY PERSON TO WHOM IT IS 
UNLAWFUL TO MAKE SUCH OFFER OR SOLICITATION. NEITHER THE DELIVERY OF THIS 
PROSPECTUS NOR ANY SALE MADE HEREUNDER SHALL CREATE ANY IMPLICATION THAT THE 
INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IS CORRECT AS OF ANY TIME SUBSEQUENT TO THE DATE 
HEREOF. 

                              TABLE OF CONTENTS 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                  PAGE 
                                                -------- 
<S>                                             <C>
Prospectus Summary ............................      3 
Risk Factors ..................................     11 
Use of Proceeds ...............................     18 
Capitalization ................................     19 
Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated 
 Financial Statements..........................     20 
Selected Consolidated Historical Financial and 
 Operating Data ...............................     25 
Management's Discussion and Analysis of 
 Financial Condition and Results of Operations      27 
Business ......................................     34 
Management ....................................     43 
Certain Relationship and Related Transactions       49 
Principal Stockholders ........................     51 
Description of New Senior Subordinated Notes ..     52 
Description of Certain Indebtedness ...........     74 
Plan of Distribution ..........................     75 
Legal Matters .................................     75 
Experts .......................................     75 
Additional Information ........................     75 
Index to Financial Statements..................    F-1 
</TABLE>

                                 $80,000,000 

                           [DUANE READE INC. LOGO]

                          9 1/4% SENIOR SUBORDINATED 
                                NOTES DUE 2008 

                                  PROSPECTUS 

                         DONALDSON, LUFKIN & JENRETTE 
                             SECURITIES CORPORATION 

                               FEBRUARY 9, 1998 





© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission